draft environmental impact assessement and environmental

May, 2013

Environmental Consultant

(A Govt. of India Enterprise)MECON LIMITED

DRAFT

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSEMENT AND

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

FOR

SHIP RECYCLING FACILITY

NEAR

MUNDRA WEST PORT

IN

KACHCHH DISTRICT, GUJARAT

Project Proponent

Adani Ports and SEZ Limited

No.11.S2.Q6XN. May. 2013

Environmental Consultant

(A Govt. of India Enterprise)MECON LIMITED

Project Proponent

Adani Ports and SEZ Limited

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING : SEPTEMBER 2011 – NOVEMBER 2011SEPTEMBER 2012 – NOVEMBER 2012

DRAFT

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSEMENT AND

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

FOR

SHIP RECYCLING FACILITY

NEAR

MUNDRA WEST PORT

IN

KACHCHH DISTRICT, GUJARAT

EIA/EMP Studies for Proposed Ship Recycling Facility

©, 2013 MECON LIMITED, All rights reserved

Terms of Referencei

COVERAGE OF TERMS OF REFERENCE Sl. No. ToR Chapter Clause Remarks

i Submit the details of the processes for each activity, generation of wastes, types quantity and methodology for collection, storage, treatment and disposal of wastes

2 4

2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 4.2, 4.3

ii MoU with authorized agency for disposal of hazardous wastes, if any 4 4.2.2 4.3.2

Copy enclosed as Annexure 4.1

iii Submit site details with latest Google Map 2 3

Enclosed as Drg. No. MEC/Q6XN/11/S2/01

iv Submit details of baseline marine water quality and likely impact due to ship breaking and mitigation proposed

3 4

3.4.3.2 4.3.1

v Submit the details of personal protective equipments (gas masks, dust masks, hand gloves, safety shoes, safety goggles etc.) for workers engaged in cutting, dismantling, isolation and segregation process.

4 4.7.2

vi The coastal water area opposite to the plot of cutting operations should be cordoned off with appropriate measures. Submit the details of the measures to prevent escape of any pollutants from ship breaking process and to prevent pollution of coastal waters.

4 4.3.2

vii Submit the details of Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan with Parameters and Costs.

6

viii Submit the details of Risk Assessment, Disaster management Plan,, including emergency evacuation during natural and man-made disaster like floods, cyclone, tsunami and earthquake etc.

7 7.3,7.5 7.7,7.8

7.9



Terms of Referenceii

Sl. No. ToR Chapter Clause Remarks

General guidelines i The EIA document shall be printed on both sides, as far as possible Noted and complied ii The status of accreditation of the EIA consultant with NABET / QCI shall be

specifically mentioned. The consultant shall certify that his accreditation is for the sector for which this EIA is prepared.

10 10.1

iii The front page of EIA / EMP Reports, the name of the consultant / consultancy firm along with their complete details including their accreditation, if any, shall be indicated. The consultant while submitting the EIA / EMP Report shall give an undertaking to the effect that the prescribed TORs (TOR proposed by the project proponent and additional TOR given by the MoEF) have been complied with and the data submitted is factually correct (Refer MoEF office memorandum dated 4th August, 2009).

Noted and complied

iv While submitting the EIA / EMP Reports, the name of the experts associated with / involved in the preparation of these reports and the laboratories through which the samples have been got analysed should be stated in the report. It shall clearly be indicated whether these laboratories are approved under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and the rules made there under (please refer MoEF Office Memorandum dated 4th August, 2009). The project leader of the EIA Study shall also be mentioned.

Noted and complied

v All the ToR points as presented before the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) shall be covered

Noted and complied


©, 2013 MECON LIMITED, All rights reserved i

CONTENTS

Chapter Title Page

1 Introduction 1 to 7

2 Project Description 8 to 26

3 Description of the Environment 27 to 92

4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 93 to 127

5 Analysis of Alternatives 128 to 137

6 Environmental Monitoring Programme 138 to 148

7 Additional Studies 149 to 181

8 Benefits of the Project 182

9 Administrative Aspects of EMP Implementation 183 to 184

10 Summary and Conclusions 186 to 187

11 Disclosure of the Consultant 188 to 194


©, 2013 MECON LIMITED, All rights reserved ii

LIST OF FIGURES Fig. No. Title Page No.

1.1 Location of the Project 3

2.1 Location of Proposed Project Site 9

2.2 Location of Proposed Project Site Relative to West Port 10

2.3 Layout of Proposed Ship Recycling Facility 13

2.4 Layout of Individual Plot in Ship Recycling Facility 14

3.1a Day Time Windrose at Mundra West Port (Oct.2011 – Sept.,2012) 32

3.1b Night Time Windrose at Mundra West Port (Oct.2011 – Sept.,2012) 33

3.1c 24 hours Windrose at Mundra West Port (Oct.2011 – Sept.,2012) 34

3.2a Day Time Wind Rose at Mundra West Port (Post Monsoon Season 2012)

37

3.2b Night Time Wind Rose at Mundra West Port (Post Monsoon Season , 2012)

37

3.2c Overall Wind Rose at Mundra West Port (Post Monsoon Season, 2012) 38

3.2 Location of Conservation Areas Relative to Mundra SEZ 71

4.1 Schematic Layout of Asbestos Dismantling Enclosure 119

7.1 Computed Possible LPG Release Quantities Under Different Conditions 164

7.2 Variation of Heat Radiation with Distance in case of 19 kg LPG Pool Fire

165

7.3 Variation of Heat Radiation with Distance in case of 19 kg LPG BLEVE 167

7.4 Variation of Heat Radiation with Distance in case of 1140 kg LPG BLEVE

168

LIST OF DRAWINGS

Sl. No. Drawing No. Title

1 MEC/Q6XN/11/S2/01 SITE DETAILS OF THE AREA

2 MEC/Q6XN/11/S2/02 LANDUSE IN THE STUDY AREA


©, 2013 MECON LIMITED, All rights reserved iii

LIST OF ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE NO. TITLE

1.1 Approved ToR

2.1 Documents to be Submitted for Obtaining Permission from Customs and Port Authorities for Entry of the Ship to the Port

2.2 Documents Required for Grant of Beaching Permission

2.3 Documents Required for Grant of Cutting Permission

4.1 Copy of Agreement with Saurashtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd.

4.2 Ballast Water Reporting Forms (IMO)

4.3 Specifications of Asbestos Dismantling Enclosure


©, 2013 MECON LIMITED, All rights reserved iv

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS AND UNITS

Abbreviation / Symbol / Unit

Full Form

AAQ Ambient Air Quality AAS Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer AC Air Conditioner ACM Asbestos Containing Material ACWM Asbestos Containing Waste Material AERB Atomic Energy Regulatory Board AMSL Above Mean Sea Level @ At the Rate of APSEZL Adani Ports and Special Economic Zone Limited BaP Benzo a Pyrene BDL Below Detection Limit BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand BWM Ballast Water Management cc Cubic Centimetre CFC Chloro Fluoro Carbon CFM Cubic Feet per Minute CO Carbon Monoxide CO2 Carbon di Oxide CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CRZ Coastal Regulation Zone dB Decibels DG Diesel Generator DISH Directorate of Industrial Safety and Health DWT Dead Weight Tonnage EC Environmental Cell EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMP Environmental Management Plan F.O Furnace Oil GCA Gross Cropped Area GJ Giga Joules GLC Ground Level Concentration gm/cc Grams per Cubic Centimetre g/m3 Grams per Cubic Metre GMB Gujarat Maritime Board


©, 2013 MECON LIMITED, All rights reserved v


Full Form

GPCB Gujarat Pollution Control Board g/s Grams per Second ha Hectare HEPA High Efficiency Particulate Air HSD High Speed Diesel HVAS High Volume Air Sampler ILO International Labour Organisation IMD India Meteorological Department IMO International Maritime Organisation Kg Kilogram Kg/d Kilograms per Day km Kilometre km2 Square Kilometre km/hr Kilometres per Hour knot Nautical Miles Per Hour kW Kilo Watt LDT Light Displacement Tonnage LD50 Lethal Dose 50 (i.e. lethal dose for 50% of the test animals) Leq Log Equivalent LNG Liquified Natural Gas LPG Liquified Petroleum Gas m2 Square Metre m3 Cubic Metres m3/d Cubic Metres per day meq/gm Milli Equivalents per Gram mg/kg Milligrams per Kilogram mg/l Milligrams Per Litre MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. Of India mm Millimetre MPN Most Probable Number Mt Million tonnes µg/m3 Micrograms per Cubic Metre NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards NECL Nandesari Environment Control Limited NOC No Objection Certificate NOx Oxides of Nitrogen


©, 2013 MECON LIMITED, All rights reserved vi


Full Form

NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration (of USA) PACM Presumed Asbestos containing Material Pb Lead PCB Poly Chlorinated Biphenyl PESO Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation PM10 Particulate Matter less than 10 micron in diameter PM2.5 Particulate Matter less than 2.5 micron in diameter PPE Personal Protective Equipment ppm Parts Per Million RDS Respirable Dust Sampler RPM Respirable Particulate Matter R & R Rehabilitation and Resettlement Rs. Rupees SO2 Sulphur Dioxide SPM Suspended Particulate Matter SRFMP Ship Recycling Facility Management Plan SSRP Ship Specific Recycling Plan SRY Ship Recycling Yard t Tonnes TBT Tri Butyl Tin t/d Tonnes per Day TLV Threshold Limit Value TSDF Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility TSI Thermal System Insulation

Chapter 1: Introduction



Chapter 1Page 1

1.0 INTRODUCTION

This is the EIA / EMP report for the proposed ship recycling facility of M/s Adani Ports and Special Economic Zone Limited (APSEZL) near Mundra in Gujarat. The report has been prepared as per the procedure specified in Notification of Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) dated 14th September 2006.

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

In pursuance of Government of India policy vide Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986 new projects or expansion of any existing project necessitates statutory prior environmental clearance in accordance with the objectives of National Environmental policy as approved by the Union Cabinet on 18th May, 2006 and MoEF EIA Notification dated 14.09.06, by preparing Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report. In view of the above, the EIA report has been prepared for environmental clearance from Ministry of environment and forests. The EIA/EMP report would facilitate related regulatory clearances as required, in addition to meeting APSEZL’s requirement.

The objective of the EIA study report is to take stock of the prevailing quality of environment, to assess the impacts of proposed industrial activity on environment and to plan appropriate environmental control measures to minimise adverse impacts and to maximise beneficial impacts of the proposed project. The following major objectives have been considered:

Assess the existing status of environment. Assess the impacts due to the proposed project. Suggest pollution control and ameliorative measures to minimise the

impacts. Prepare an action plan for implementation of suggested ameliorative

measures. Suggest a monitoring programme to assess the efficacy of the various

adopted environmental control measures. Assess financial considerations for suggested environmental control plans. Clearances from statutory authorities



Chapter 1Page 2

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT 1.2.1 The project proponent

The project is being promoted by Adani Ports and Special Economic Zone Limited (APSEZL). APSEZL is a part of the Adani Group of Companies, which has interests in global energy trading, coal mining, oil & gas exploration, city gas distribution, edible oil crushing & refining, food storage, shipping, power generation, distribution & transmission, real estate development and infrastructure & logistics. APSEZL is Adani Group’s port infrastructure, SEZ and logistics arm.

The Adani Group started in 1988 as a commodity trading firm. The company quickly grew and diversified into the import and export of multi-basket commodities. In the 1990s, the company developed its own port in Mundra, India to provide a base for their trading operations. In the second phase, the company focused upon creating large infrastructure assets. The company established a portfolio of ports, power plants, mines, ships and railway lines inside and outside India. Presently the company is now embarking on the third, and most exciting phase of its development; an integrated infrastructure business involving resources, logistics & energy.

1.2.2 The project

As part of the Adani Group’s growth plan, a new ship recycling facility has been envisaged adjacent the existing Mundra West Port, which is being expanded.

The proposed ship recycling facility will handle ships of Light Displacement Tonnage (LDT) ~4000 t - ~16000 (avg.~8500 t) to recover about 300,000 t/yr of various materials.

Mundra West Port is located near Vandh Village in Mundra Taluk of Kachchh District of Gujarat state at an aerial distance of about 16 km south-west of Mundra town. Location of Mundra West Port is shown in Fig. 1.1. The project is within the port limits notified as Special Economic Zone (SEZ).

The proposed ship recycling facility measures 40.7432 ha. At present most of the land is still submerged and only a minor portion is located in the inter-tidal zone. The land for the project is being created by dumping dredge spoils, generated due to expansion of Mundra West Port, up to 7.0 m above the chart datum.



Chapter 1Page 3

Fig. 1.1: Location of the Project

1.3 THE PRESENT STUDY

APSEZL commissioned MECON Limited, a Government of India Undertaking under the Ministry of Steel, for carrying out environmental baseline data generation and preparation of EIA and EMP report for their proposed Ship Recycling Facility near West Port, Mundra.

The Terms of Reference (TOR) have been prescribed during the 114th Meeting of the Additional Expert Appraisal Committee for Building Construction, Coastal Regulation Zone, Infrastructure Development and Miscellaneous Projects of Ministry of Environment & Forest held on July 9, 2012 for preparation of EIA/EMP report for the proposed ship recycling facility is enclosed as Annexure 1.1.

1.4 BASELINE DATA GENERATION, FIELD STUDIES AND SECONDARY INFORMATION COLLECTION

This EIA/EMP report has been prepared on the basis of one full season baseline environmental data monitored during full post-monsoon season, 2011 covering three months (September, October and November). The data was generated by APSEZL and provided to MECON.

Project Site



Chapter 1Page 4

The data includes meteorological conditions, physical oceanographic data, ambient air quality, noise, water quality and soil quality. Site survey has been conducted for studying the flora and fauna, socio-economic conditions including public consultation, land use, etc. Additional information is also collected from several State and Central Government agencies / departments pertaining to above. The collected data have been analysed in detail for identifying, predicting and evaluating the environmental impacts of the proposed project. The maximum anticipated impacts on environment are assessed and suitable environmental management plan has been suggested.

1.5 COVERAGE OF THE REPORT

This report contains information on the existing environment and evaluates the predicted environmental and socio-economic impacts of the proposed ship recycling facility. A detailed coverage of background environmental quality, pollution sources, anticipated environmental impacts (including socio-economic impacts) and mitigation measures, environmental monitoring programme, additional studies, project benefits, environmental monitoring plan and all related aspects have been covered in this report. The report including this introduction chapter includes:

Project Description Description of the Environment Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures Environmental Monitoring Programme Additional Studies

o Public Consultation o Social Impact Assessment o Risk Assessment

Analysis of Alternatives Environmental Monitoring Programme Project Benefits Administrative aspects of EMP implementation Summary and Conclusion Disclosure of Consultant engaged

1.6 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

MECON wishes to place on record its deep appreciation for the trust reposed in MECON by APSEZL and for the active interest and help extended by concerned APSEZL officials.



Chapter 1Page 5

Annexure 1.1: Approved ToR



Chapter 1Page 6



Chapter 1Page 7

Chapter 2: Project Description



Chapter 2Page 8

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 INTRODUCTION

APSEZL proposes to set up a new Ship Recycling Facility adjacent to the existing Mundra West Port in Mundra Taluk of Kachchh District in Gujarat. The proposed project will be spread over 40.7432 ha. The proposed project will recycle ships of up to ~16000 LDT (~80000 DWT). About 0.3 million tonnes per year (mt/yr) of material is expected to be recovered from recycled ships. This may however increase to some extent depending on market conditions if the proportion of larger ships is higher.

2.2 TYPE OF PROJECT

The project falls under Category 'A' [Sl.no. 7(b) of Schedule: “List of project or activities requiring prior environmental clearance”] of MoEF notification dated 14th September, 2006 in connection with Environment (Protection) Rules 1986.

2.3 NEED OF THE PROJECT

The ship recycling industry performs two critical roles:

1. It adjusts ship tonnage by way of disposing of old ships whose operation and maintenance are no longer cost effective.

2. It recovers and recycles the materials used in construction of the ships.

As a ship gets older, its operational costs increase on account of increase in fuel consumption, requirements of spare parts and corrosion protection. Due to wear and tear during its operational life, the structural integrity of a ship is also compromised. After 20 – 25 years of operations a ship becomes uneconomical and unsafe to operate. When a ship reaches this stage it becomes necessary to discontinue operating the ship and recover and recycle the material’s used in its construction. The ship recycling industry performs this function. By recycling the construction materials and components, the demand for natural resources for producing the same materials is drastically reduced with consequent reduction in pollution.

There have been many complaints regarding pollution generated during recycling of ships. The proposed project will introduce new environment friendly ship recycling technology to India.

2.4 LOCATION AND ACCESSIBILITY

Mundra West Port is located on the northern part of the Gulf of Kachchh in Kachchh District of Gujarat , off Tunda and Vandh villages falling in Mundra Taluk. The proposed



Chapter 2Page 9

ship recycling yard is slated to be set up within the port limits between latitudes 22o45’34.6” N and 22o45’03”N and longitudes 69o35’54” E and 69o36’31” E. The nearest town is Mundra which is located about 16 km towards the north east. On the western side nearest town is Mandvi, about 25 km away. NH - 8A passes north of the site at a distance of approximately 8 km. Rail Link is already available up to Mundra Port. Bhuj and Kandla are the nearest Airports both about 60 km away.

The proposed ship recycling facility will be set up just beyond the south-eastern boundary of the existing West Port . Presently the land earmarked for the project is partly located in the inter-tidal zone and partly still submerged. The land is being reclaimed by dumping dredge spoils generated on account of expansion of West Port under the Waterfront Development Plan The location of the proposed project in relation to Mundra West Port is shown in Figs. 2.1 and 2.2. The photograph of the proposed project site (in September, 2012) is presented as Photograph 2.

Fig. 2.1: Location of Proposed Project Site

Project Area

Inter-tidal Zone

HTL

West Port

Area



Chapter 2Page 10

Fig. 2.2: Location of Proposed Project Site Relative to West Port

Photograph 2: Project Site as in September, 2012

West Port

Area

Project Area

N



Chapter 2Page 11

2.5 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

About 0.3 mt / yr of materials are expected to be recovered from recycled ships.

2.5.1 Design size vessel

The proposed ship recycling yard has been planned for handling ships of up to ~16000 LDT.

2.5.2 Conceptual Layout Planning of Ship recycling facility

For conceptualizing layout plans for the proposed recycling facility, the requirements has been identified like Storage godowns, open storage yards, worker’s amenity area, drinking water and sanitation facility, fire fighting system etc. Based on above, suitable locations within the proposed location of the site have been identified where these facilities are to be developed.

The basic components of the vessel recycling facility are as follows: • Beaching area • Steel section and steel plates open storage area • Machinery storage area • Scrap and outfit material storage area • Electrical items storage area • Storage area for Hazardous material • Miscellaneous items storage area • Equipments like MHC, Winches • Utility area (Worker’s rest room, change room, etc.) • Office and other Buildings

The size of the individual plots in the yard may depend upon the type and number of ships recycled at any point of the time in the proposed facility, general working conditions and occupational safety requirements. The land requirement for storage facilities and utilities on each plot been given in Table 2.1.

Table 2.1: Land Required for Storage facilities and Utilities (for 1 Plot) Sl. No. Description of the Area Area (m2)

A. Material Storage Area 1 RR Scrap and Melting Scrap 1400 2 CI Scrap and NF steel Area 1295 3 Machinery Storage 1400 4 Scrap outfit material storage 555 5 Miscellaneous items storage 375 6 Electrical Items storage 600 7 Asbestos handling area 225 Sub-Total 5850



Chapter 2Page 12

Sl. No. Description of the Area Area (m2) B. Utility Area

8 Equipment Manoeuvring and Utility Corridor 2725 9 Area for Winches and other equipments 2400 10 Parking Area 480 11 Office area 420 12 Worker’s Change room and Sanitation facility 360 13 LPG and Oxygen cylinders storage area 300 14 Green Belt 1613 15 Other facilities (Gate, Security Cabin, weigh bridge, tool room, etc.) 1852 16 Slope between plots and vessel recycling area 3000 17 Vessel Recycling Area 19800 Sub-Total 32950 TOTAL 38800

As there will be 10 plots and a Common Vehicle Parking Area will be constructed over 1.9432 ha, the total land requirement has been estimated to be 40.7432 ha. Of this 19.8000 ha area will be used for breaking of ships, 1.613 ha will be used for Green Belt, 5.850 ha for Material Storage, 8.537 ha for other Infrastructure besides the common vehicle parking area; 3.000 ha area shall remain vacant.

Proper planning of the scrap yard is very important in efficient functioning of ship recycling operations. While planning the scrap yard the following consideration have been taken into account.

• Scrap yard to be as close as possible to the ship breaking location. • The yard must have enough space for storage of different categories of materials. • Clear access and space must be made available for movement of trucks, forklifts and

cranes. • The yard planning must be such as to minimize the unnecessary movement/shifting

of cranes and road vehicles frequently. It is proposed that crawler mounted cranes shall be used in the scrap yard primarily for loading road vehicles and secondarily for segregation of scrap in different, groups and rearranging them as per delivery schedule. Forklifts shall be used primarily in the scrap yard as supporting equipment for loading of road vehicles as well as arranging the yard by shifting them to designated areas as per requirement.

The layouts of the yard and of an individual plot are enclosed as Fig. Nos. 2.3 and 2.4 respectively.



Chapter 2Page 13

Fig. No. 2.3: Layout of Proposed Ship Recycling Facility



Chapter 2Page 14

All dimensions in m

Fig. No. 2.4: Layout of Individual Plot in Ship Recycling Facility



Chapter 2Page 15

2.5.3 Material Recovery

At the proposed project about 0.3 mt of ships’ materials will be processed annually. Mostly General Cargo Ships, Bulk Carriers and Tankers are expected to be handled. The estimated recovery of materials is given in Table 2.2.

Table 2.2: Materials Expected to be Recovered General Cargo Ship Bulk Carrier Tanker Material

Recovered % of LDT tonnage % of LDT tonnage % of LDT tonnage

Total (t)

Re-Rollable Scrap 64.5 54825 68.5 116450 76.5 65025 236300 Melting Scrap 10 8500 9 15300 6 5100 28900

Cast Iron Scrap 1.75 1488 2 3400 2.50 2125 7013

N.F. Metals 0.75 637 1 1700 1.25 1063 3400

Machinery 6 5100 3.5 5950 1.25 1062 12112

Others 5 4250 3 5100 1.5 1275 10625

Weight Loss* 12 10200 13 22100 11 9350 41650

Total 100 85000 100 170000 100 85000 340000

* Will not be recovered. Therefore 298350 t of materials will be recovered. The following items on board ships are recovered from scrapped ships (as machinery and other material). Some of these items are salvaged and the balance is discarded as waste:

Table 2.3: Machinery and Other Materials/Items Salvaged from Ships A. Petroleum Products & Chemicals

Diesel Fuel Oil Lubricants Hydraulic fluids Refrigerants Anti-freeze / Anti seize chemicals Electrolytes Boiler additives Detergents Cleaning chemicals & solvents Pesticides Sacrificing anodes

B. Industrial Materials Paints Asbestos & Asbestos Containing insulting

Materials PVC tubes / sheets Dunnage wood

Cotton rags Rubber packing and tubes Window panes Glass sheets Drums Cylinders of Industrial gases Polystyrene sheets Metal pipes and valves Nuts & Bolts Fibre glass / reinforced plastic items Steel wool Glass wool Cardboard Miscellaneous metallic items

C. Electrical Machinery and Appliances Generators Motors Batteries Circuit Breakers Contactors Electrical welding equipment Transformers Fuses and Fuse boxes Switches Lighting equipment Cables Panel boards Accumulators Search-lights Fans and Blowers Portable lights

D. Machinery Winches Pumps Compressors Lathes Grinders Ships’ Main & Auxiliary engines Engine Spares Machinery Spares Cranes Air conditioning plants Water treatment plants Boilers Bearings Gears & Gear Boxes



Chapter 2Page 16

E. Tools and Tackle Gas cutters Leather gloves Chains Polypropylene Ropes Wire ropes Pulleys & pulley blocks Hand tools Compressed air tools Electrical tools Brushes Ships’ anchors

F. Safety Equipment / Appliances Life boats Survival suits Floatation rings Life jackets & belts Helmets Fire fighting suits and equipment Safety Boots Fire extinguishers Gas masks Breathing apparatus Safety goggles Welding goggles

G. Communication Equipment & Accessories Telephones Marine trans-receiver sets (Smashed by

Customs soon after beaching) PA systems FAX Machines

H. Navigation Equipment & Accessories Compasses GPS systems Radar sets Navigation Charts Flags Signaling and Navigation lights Fog horns Distress signals & flares

I. Domestic Wares and Electro-mechanical appliances Photo-copiers TVs, Music systems, Video Players Refrigerators Washing Machines Furniture Personal Computers & accessories Vacuum Cleaners Mattresses & linen Food items Kitchen utensils & Crockery Dish washers Books & magazines Cabin fittings Cooking & food processing appliances Water coolers Buckets Bathroom Fittings Show pieces & decorative items Carpets & Linoleum Ceramic tiles

J. Miscellaneous Office Stationery Technical Documents & Books Ships’ Documents Domestic Detergents

(Source: Report “Pollution Potential of Ship Breaking Activities” prepared by MECON Ltd. for CPCB in 2001)

2.6 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

2.6.1 Statutory Clearances

The proposed project is located within the port limits. APSEZL had received Environmental and CRZ Clearance for Water Front Development Clearance from Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of India, vide letter no.10-47 / 2008 – IA-III dated 12th January, 2009 and addendum dated 19th January, 2009.

There is no litigation or court case pending against the project.

2.6.2 Project Implementation

On receipt of statutory clearances the ship-recycling facility is expected to become operational within 12 months.

2.6.3 Clearances Required for Demolition of Ships

All ships entering the Indian Maritime Zone are required to inform the Maritime Rescue Co-ordination Centre (MRCC) and Indian Coast Guard that it is bound for Recycling Yards for ship recycling. Subsequently the ship applies for anchoring which is granted after desk review by the Port Authority / Gujarat maritime Board (GMB) / Customs. The



Chapter 2Page 17

permission for safe anchorage is issued by GMB / Port authority in such a way that during physical verifications of the ship by Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB), Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB), the Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation (PESO), Customs Department , Directorate of Industrial Safety and Health (DISH) or other concerned agencies and in the case of naval vessels and nuclear powered vessels (not applicable for the proposed project) by AERB, Customs Department and the Indian Navy. In case a ship does not comply, according to the submitted documents, as per inspection by any or all of the agencies, the ship may be sent back.

Ship recycling industry is strictly monitored by various authorities as follows:

1. The seller / owner through their agent obtains prior permission from Customs and Port Authorities for entry of the ship to the port (Ref. Annexure 2.1)

2. Beaching Permission from Customs 3. Beaching Permission from Port (Ref. Annexure 2.2). It may be noted that in

Gujarat, this is granted only to those units which valid allotment of plot and Authorization from Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB).

4. Oil Removal permission from GPCB 5. Decontamination certificate from GPCB. This is issued only after removal of oil and

hazardous wastes including removal of timber and wood. 6. Breaking permission from port. (Ref. Annexure 2.3) 7. Naval Clearance in case of warships 8. Gas-free certificate from Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation (PESO)

for hot work in case of tankers. 9. Clearance from Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) regarding devices /

instruments containing radio-active isotopes.

2.7 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.7.1 Technology

Ship breaking can be carried out by several methods, which include beaching, berthing, dry-docking and lifting on to dry land by marine air bags or over a slip-way.

Beaching is the most common method and is widely used in most places in India, Bangladesh and Pakistan. In the beaching method, the ships are grounded in the inter-tidal zone during high tides (i.e. beached) and cut up in the inter-tidal zone. Ships are also broken up inside dry-docks. This method is most environment friendly but used only in special cases (such as nuclear powered ships, ships containing highly toxic residues). Ships are also broken while berthed along quays (as is done at Khidderpur Docks, Kolkata). The ships are tied up along side a quay and cut up while still afloat. In the Air-Bag Method, the ship is hauled onto dry land over a slip-way made up of inflatable rubber air bags. The ship is cut up on dry land. In the slip-way method also, the ship is



Chapter 2Page 18

winched on to dry land over a concrete / masonry slipway and cut up on dry land.

A detailed description of different methods of ship-breaking has been given in Chapter 5. For the present project, the Air Bag method has been selected.

2.7.2 Ship Recycling by Air Bag Method

In the proposed project, Air Bag method has been selected because of its low pollution potential and higher efficiency.

On receiving necessary statutory clearances and beaching permission from the concerned authorities, the vessels will be grounded with bow forward during high spring tides and hauled on to dry ground over a series of air bags. The process involves the following steps:

1. Ground Preparation:

Ground preparation involves:

• The slip-up dock is prepared for the pre-determined slope. • A docking pad, suitable for the weight of the vessel, is prepared by compaction. • Two winches of pre-determined rating are positioned at vantage points based

on the position where the vessel will be grounded. Up-slip gear consisting of pulleys, chains and ropes are also laid out.

• Two motorized bollards are also arranged on either side of the up-slip dock.

2. Vessel Preparation

The vessel is lightened to the extent possible by pumping out part of the ballast water. If ammonia is present in the vessel’s refrigeration system, it is vented off. Eye pads are welded on both sides of the bows so that the vessel can be towed.

3. Equipment Preparation

The following equipment have to be arranged prior to grounding of the vessel: • Two winches • Speed boats • Two air compressors of 300 CFM at 7 kg/m2. • Two bow shackles • Eight U shackles • Wire rope (> 200 m) • Multiple sheave block pulleys • One tug • Air bags • Docking / Keel blocks



Chapter 2Page 19

• Two bollards

4. Up-slip Preparation

Based on tide tables, the grounding time is selected so that the vessel can be brought as close to the shore as possible. The slip up area is marked with flags visible from a distance.

During low tide, air bags are positioned in the inter-tidal zone and fixed in place. Air bags are also positioned on dry land.

5. Docking

• During high tide the ship is towed and positioned over the air bags. The ship is secured by ropes / chains attached to winches so that it does not float away with the water currents as the tide recedes.

• As the tide recedes, the water level drops. The ship is maneuvered by the ropes securing it so that it remains above the air bags.

• When the water level reaches about 1 m the air bags are inflated. The mooring ropes continue to be adjusted so that the ship does not drift away with the receding tide.

• The ship is lightened by pumping out all remaining ballast water. The lightened ship is winched over the airbags until it reaches dry land (above the high tide line).

• When the ship reaches its final position, Keel blocks are positioned below its keel and the ship is allowed to settle on these keel blocks by gradually deflating the air bags.

Subsequently after receiving “Breaking Permission” and other statutory clearances, detachable miscellaneous items will be removed / salvaged. The fuel, lubricating oils, hydraulic fluids and refrigerants remaining on board will be pumped out and recovered as per applicable regulations.

The vessel will be vertically cut up into blocks using LPG-Oxygen torches. The blocks will be lowered to the ground and carried by mobile cranes to the cutting area where the large blocks will be cut up into manageable sizes by LPG-Oxygen torches, sorted and dispatched to the buyers by trucks.

The engines will be removed (in pieces or as entire units) only after the engine room is exposed. Usually the auxiliary equipment, such as generators, compressors, boilers, pumps, valves etc. are salvaged. The main engines are usually too large and heavy to be removed as entire units. The main engines will be dismantled to salvage usable components and sub-assemblies. The very large pieces will be cut up for removal. The bottom will be cut up last.



Chapter 2Page 20

2.7.3 Working Regime

300 working days in a year has been considered. The facility will work 24 hours / day in shifts.

2.7.4 Raw Material Requirements

The only raw materials which will be required for the project are LPG and oxygen. The estimated requirements of LPG and oxygen are 1140 t/yr and 7350 t/yr respectively.

HSD shall be consumed by diesel powered cranes, winches, pumps and vehicles.

The LPG and oxygen will be supplied in cylinders which will be transported to and from the project site by road trucks. The estimated average daily consumption of LPG 3.8 t. The LPG will be received in cylinders and stored in individual plots prior to use. Each plot will store maximum three days LPG requirements i.e. 1.15 t. The LPG will be supplied in cylinders. IOCL supplies commercial LPG cylinders of two sizes 47 kg cylinders and 19 kg cylinders. At the proposed project only 19 kg cylinders will be used as they are more convenient to handle (e.g. raising them on to ships decks and then into the superstructures). Therefore maximum of 60 cylinders will be stored on each plot. IOCL supplies cylinders to designated distributors by truck-loads. Each truckload of 19 kg LPG cylinders contains 192 cylinders i.e. 3.648 t of LPG. Therefore, after building up the buffer stock, about one truckload of LPG cylinder will be supplied to the proposed project daily.

2.8 SYSTEM OF LOADING

The road vehicles deployed for carriage of scrap materials from the ship breaking yard shall be mainly of two types namely tractor-trailers and high body trucks. The vehicles on arrival shall be parked in the parking area around the scrap yard to complete necessary paper work. A weigh bridge for road vehicles shall be located suitably at the entry point to the parking area.

All the vehicles shall be positioned suitably at locations of type of scrap intended for loading within the reach of the cranes in the scrap yard to commence loading operation.

Steel plates cut to sizes of 2 – 4 t are suitable for loading onto the vehicles and shall be loaded with the help of chain slings. Items which are cut to suitable sizes not exceeding 12 m shall be loaded in bundles or separately with the help of chain slings with two legs provided with hooks at the end of each leg. Sufficient labours at the yard and on the vehicles shall be positioned for engaging and releasing the sling. Items like machineries



Chapter 2Page 21

shall be loaded onto trucks with the help of wire rope slings and crane hook individually one by one. Items like furniture and electronic goods shall be loaded onto trucks with the help of rope slings and/or net slings as may be considered convenient and safe. The items made up of glass shall be handled only with net slings for loading on to trucks. Items like loose steel scrap comprising small cut pieces shall be loaded with wire net slings for smaller quantity. In case the quantity is large and accumulated over a period of time it is proposed to use either electro-magnet or a lotus grab suitable for handling loose steel scrap.

Once, the road vehicle is loaded it will be processed to leave.

2.9 SITE SERVICES

2.9.1 Water

60 m3/day water will be required at the site for dust suppression. Another 100 m3/day green belt irrigation and drinking purposes. Sea water may be used for dust suppression. Potable water will be supplied by Ground Water Infrastructure Limited (GWIL) or Desalination Plant of APSEZL. Effluents from the workers’ canteens and rest shelters will be used for green belt irrigation.

2.9.2 Power

Power will be required at the site for lighting purposes only. The power will be drawn from the grid.

2.9.3 Truck Parking Facility

Truck parking facility will be provided for easy accessibility of vehicles for transporting scrap and other materials and to relieve the traffic congestion around the yards. The parking facility will have basic infrastructure like potable water, sanitation, rest rooms, shops, eating joints, vehicle repair shops, fuelling stations, etc., the for drivers. To accommodate more number of vehicles the trucks can be parked angularly.

2.9.4 Vehicles / Equipments

There will be sufficient number of vehicles like mobile cranes, barges, waste collection trucks and tankers, etc. for handling the ships and for transportation of wastes to meet the demand of the yards. These may be owned by individual plot owners or hired.

2.9.5 Fire fighting infrastructure

Workers in ship recycling yards face risk from fire, explosions, exposure to toxic gases and fumes that can result in burns, death, and asphyxia. Workers are also at special risk when fighting fires in ship breaking yards.



Chapter 2Page 22

APSEZL has a dedicated well equipped Fire Fighting Department. APSEZL has also signed MOUs with nearby major industries for mutual assistance for fighting. Individual plots will be provided with sufficient numbers of portable fire extinguishers. Major incidents will be dealt by APSEZL Fire Fighting Department.

2.9.6 Communications

Provisions will be made in the civil works for the installation of fibre optic data and telephone cables by the installation of ducts and draw pits to allow connection between the operation area, administration building, the gate house, Customs, and all other major installations. In general duct runs for data cables will follow the main service routes.

2.9.7 Safety & Security and Other Amenities

In the recycling operation all the normal safety provisions will be observed and the will satisfy in every respect the statutory requirements of the following.

Indian Factories Act,1948 Gujarat Factories Rules, 1963 Indian Electricity Rules including Gujarat State Electricity Rules Indian Electricity Act Indian Dock Labourer’s Act Tariff Advisory Committee as required International Ship & Port Facility Security Code MARPOL 73 / 78

Each plot will accommodate the various components like Entry gate, parking area, office area, worker’s changing room, weigh bridge, water tank, storage facilities for the various materials generated from ship recycling activities, rest shelters (with toilets, washing and drinking water facilities), first aid centre and supply of portable fire extinguishers.

Rest shelters with drinking water and washing facilities and canteens will be set up on all the plots. There will be a rest shelter for trucks’ crews at the common vehicle parking area also. This rest shelter will be designed and built in such a way so that it can also function as an emergency cyclone shelter.

APSEZL has an existing occupational health centre to cater to the needs of the port and associated industries. APSEZL also has a tie up with a super speciality hospital, located adjacent to Adani Port’s township, to handle serious / critical cases. There will be a small medical unit at the ship-recycling facility to render immediate aid to casualties especially burn cases, cases involving blunt trauma and cases involving smoke / gas inhalation. Medical centre will have ambulance to move serious cases to the Occupational Health Centre or to the designated super-speciality hospital.



Chapter 2Page 23

2.10 MANPOWER

The proposed project will directly employ 1500 persons of whom about 1000 are expected to be workers and the rest office staff. The workers may be housed in Mundra Port’s labour colony.

Training programmes will be organised where un-skilled or semi-skilled workers and other staff can be trained for skill up gradation, thus keeping them engaged with a specified type of work as replacement when the regular work force is unavailable due to unavoidable conditions.



Chapter 2Page 24

Appendix 2.1: Documents to be Submitted for Obtaining Permission from

Customs and Port Authorities for Entry of the Ship to the Port

The agent of the seller submits the following information / documents to Customs and Port Authorities:

1. Name of the Ship 2. IMO identification number 3. Flag 4. Call sign 5. Radio equipment list 6. Transhipment list 7. Name of the Master (Captain) of the ship and his nationality 8. List of the crew, personal property list and ship currency list 9. All crew passports / Continuous Discharge Certificate Book 10. GRT / NRT / LDT of the ship with supporting documents 11. Copy of Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) of the original seller and copy of

the MOA between previous owner and cash buyer or Notarised bill of sale between the original owner and the cash buyer.



Chapter 2Page 25

Appendix 2.2: Documents Required for Grant of Beaching Permission

1. Memorandum of Agreement between Buyer and Seller. 2. Application in prescribed proforma as per Annexure – I of Gujarat Maritime

Board (GMB) Regulation, 2003 3. GMB paid challan in original 4. Customs N.O.C. 5. GPCB Authorization 6. Arrival Report 7. Cargo Declaration 8. Master’s Certificate (Gas free, CO2, No hazardous materials) 9. Survey Report 10. Notice of Readiness 11. Original Physical Delivery Certificate 12. GPCB Inventory 13. In case of oil tankers, Certificate from Explosives Department, Govt. of India,

for man entry / wet-dry dock 14. In case of LPG / LNG Tanker or Chemical Carrier, Certificate from competent

person under the provisions of Petroleum Rules, 2002.



Chapter 2Page 26

Appendix 2.3: Documents Required for Grant of Cutting Permission

1. Application in prescribed proforma as per Annexure – II of GMB Regulation,

2003. 2. Certificate for Man entry into confined spaces as per Rule 68-H made under

Sections 36, 41 & 112 of the Factories Act, 1948 issued by the Competent Person.

3. Naked Light Certificate (Hot work permit) as per Rule 68-H made under Sections 41 & 112 of the Factories Act, 1948 issued by the Competent Person.

4. Certified copy of the authorization and consent from GPCB for ship recycling activity.

5. Registration as a member of a Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF)

6. Decontamination Certificate from GPCB 7. Gas free certificate of Master of Vessel 8. Copy of insurance policy for the workers engaged. 9. LPG storage License, if applicable. 10. A copy of Beaching Permission 11. Survey Report 12. Oil sale bill 13. In case of LPG / LNG Tanker or Chemical Carrier, Certificate from competent

person under the provisions of Petroleum Rules, 2002. 14. Destroy / removed certificate of SOS Communication equipment etc. from

Customs / Port Police.

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment



Chapter 3Page 27

3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 PROJECT SITE AND STUDY AREA

The ship recycling facility including the common truck parking area is designated as the project site. The area within 10 km radius of the project site is designated as the buffer zone. The project site and the buffer zone together constitute the study area. It may be noted that the “Technical EIA Guidance Manual for Ship Breaking Yards” commissioned by Ministry of Environment and Forests in 2010 indicates that the “study area shall be a distance of up to 5 km from the boundary of the proposed ship breaking yard”. However, in this case the study area has been extended up to 10 km as there are no habitations within 5 km of the project site. The study area is marked in Drawing No. MEC/Q6XN/11/S2/01.

3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS AND METHODOLOGY

The environmental components studied and the methodologies followed for the preparation of EIA report are given in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1: Environmental Components and the Methodologies

Sl. No.

Area Environmental Attributes

Parameters Methodology

Meteorology - Ambient Air Quality (PM10, PM2.5, CO, SO2 , NOx

Pb, Benzo-a-pyrene).

1

Project Area, Study Area

Air

Noise Levels

Field Monitoring

2 Study Area Water Physical Oceanographic Characteristics Water Quality • Surface ( parameters as per IS: 10500) • Ground (parameters as per IS: 10500) • Effluent (parameters as per General standards

for discharge of environmental pollutants to inland surface water as prescribed by MoEF)

Secondary Data Field Monitoring

3 Study Area Soil Soil Quality (pH, Elect. Conductivity, texture, NPK, Exch. cations,)

Field Monitoring

4 Study Area Ecological Features

Flora & Fauna, including marine flora & fauna, mangroves

Field Study / Secondary Data

5 Study Area Socio-economic Features

Parameters related to Socio-economic aspects (agricultural situation, employment, income, consumption and saving etc)

Field Study (Public Consultation by questionnaire survey) / Secondary Data

6 Interface of Study Area & Project Site

Infrastructure Traffic Density Field Monitoring

7 Study area Land Use Land use types Land schedule records, satellite image processing



Chapter 3Page 28

3.2.1 Study period

Site monitoring has been carried out in post-monsoon season for the period from 2nd week of September, 2011 to 2nd week of December 2011 to study the above mentioned environmental attributes. Sampling and analysis for ambient air quality, noise levels, ground water quality and soil quality has been carried out by M/s Pollucon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. , Surat, which has been accredited as per ISO/IEC 17025-NABL and recognized by MoEF. Sea-water and sediment sampling and analysis and marine ecological studies have been carried out by M/S Kadam Environmental Consultants, Vadodara.

Site monitoring has also been carried out in post-monsoon season, 2012 for the period from 1st week of September, 2012 to last week of November 2012, the Environmental Engg. Laboratory of MECON Ltd. to study micro-meteorology, ambient air quality, noise levels, ground water quality and soil quality.

3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

3.3.1 General Climate

The study area lies in tropical region where climate is characterised by very hot summers and mild winters. The Kutch area is a semi-arid region with weak and erratic rainfall confined largely to June-October period. The annual rainfall in district during 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 as reported by India Meteorological Department (IMD) are 463.9 mm, 324.4 mm, 497.9 mm, 887.8 mm and 642 mm respectively. In 2012 the rainfall up to the end of August was “Scanty” (i.e. >59% below normal), but during the first fortnight of September, the region received excess rainfall which partly made up the deficit.

The IMD observatory nearest to the project site is at Mandvi, about 25 km towards the west.

Summer is typically from mid March to mid June when temperature ranges from a mean monthly maximum of 32.7°C to mean monthly minimum of 18.3°C. Winter is from December to February when temperature ranges from a mean monthly maximum of 25.7°C to mean monthly minimum of 13.52°C. The mean annual rainfall is 437.7 mm (average of 19.3 rainy days per year). The South-west monsoon lasts from mid June to mid September and the area gets more than 90% of the annual rainfall (408.8 mm) during this period. July is wettest month, with mean monthly rainfall of 196 mm (i.e. 44.8% of annual rainfall; 7.7 rainy days).

As per IMD Mandvi records the annual predominant wind directions are West and South-west, prevailing for 34% and 29.5% of the time respectively.



Chapter 3Page 29

During the summer months the predominant wind directions are West and South-west, prevailing for ~35% and ~21% of the time respectively.

There are strong winds at times at Mundra Port. In the period lasting over months March to May the wind direction is generally SWW (225˚ - 250˚) and velocity varies from 20 to 25 Knots. June through August the wind direction is predominantly SW and velocity varies from 25 to 30 Knots with short gusts going up to 35 to 40 Knots. Towards end of September and through October wind direction changes to NE with velocities ranging from 7 to 10 Knots. Direction remaining same the velocity varies 10 knots to 25 Knots in the period November to January. February is the calm period when wind direction is southerly with velocity in the range of 7 Knots. Stormy weather may generate winds having velocity up to 100 Knots which should be taken as the worst case scenario for design of tall structures and heavy duty cranes.

Wind speed and direction are being monitored round the clock at Mundra West Port. Table 3.2a gives wind frequency pattern of day-night (24 hours), day and night as monitored during the period 1st Oct., 2011 to 30th Sept., 2012. Table 3.2a: Wind Frequency Distribution at Mundra West Port, Oct.,2011

to Sept., 2012

A. 24 hours Overall Velocity Ranges (knots) Direction

1<=V<=4 4<V<=8 8<V<=12 12<V<=16 16 <V Sum %

N 2.95 4.57 1.36 0.02 0.00 8.91 NNE 0.00 0.26 0.13 0.00 0.00 0.40 NE 2.11 7.48 6.66 0.18 0.04 16.47 ENE 0.02 0.09 0.11 0.02 0.00 0.24 E 0.92 2.49 1.67 0.04 0.04 5.17 ESE 0.02 0.15 0.09 0.00 0.00 0.26 SE 0.33 0.86 0.11 0.00 0.02 1.32 SSE 0.02 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.07 S 0.31 0.22 0.11 0.00 0.02 0.66 SSW 0.04 0.11 0.04 0.04 0.00 0.24 SW 0.51 1.10 0.22 0.04 0.02 1.89 WSW 0.09 0.31 0.26 0.13 0.13 0.92 W 1.56 5.52 9.24 11.33 22.78 50.43 WNW 0.09 0.31 0.31 0.40 0.26 1.36 NW 3.78 5.48 1.50 0.29 0.18 11.22 NNW 0.26 0.18 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.44 SUM % 13.02 29.16 21.82 12.49 23.51 100 CALM (V<1.0 knot i.e. 0.514 m/s ) = 0



Chapter 3Page 30

B. Day Time (0600 – 1800 Hrs.) Velocity Ranges (knots) Direction

1<=V<=4 4<V<=8 8<V<=12 12<V<=16 16 <V Sum %


C. Night time (1800 – 0600 Hrs.) Velocity Ranges (knots) Direction

1<=V<=4 4<V<=8 8<V<=12 12<V<=16 16 <V Sum %


From the above table predominant wind direction is found to be west, which prevailed for 50.4% of the time, followed by north-east (NE), which prevailed for 16.5% of the time. The wind speed never fell below 1 knot (i.e. 1.852 km/hr or 0.514 m/s). Since wind speed of less than 1 knot is considered as “Calm”, therefore



Chapter 3Page 31

we can say that during the monitoring period there was no Calm period. During the monitoring period, the maximum recorded wind speed was 30 knots (=55.5 km/hr = 15.43 m/s). Average wind speeds were highest during July, 2012 at 19.3 knots. Followed by June,’12 and August,’12 at 17.2 knots. The average wind speed for the entire period was 11.46 knots. Ambient temperatures ranged between 34oC (in June,’12) and 12 oC (in January and February,’12). June was the hottest month (avg. temperature: 29.8 oC) while January was the coolest month (avg. temperature: 18.8

oC). Relative humidity varied between 100% and 27%.

During day time predominant wind direction was found to be W (prevailing for 54.1% of the time) followed by NE (17.5%). During night time the predominant wind directions were W (46.6%) followed by NW (17.3%).

Figs. 3.1a, 3.1b and 3.1c give the annual wind rose as observed at Mundra West Port during day time, night-time and overall respectively for the period 1st Oct., 2011 to 30th Sept., 2012.



Chapter 3 Page 32

Fig. 3.1a: Day Time Wind Rose at Mundra West Port (Oct.,’11 – Sept.,’12)



Chapter 3 Page 33

Fig. 3.1b: Night Time Wind Rose at Mundra West Port (Oct.,’11 – Sept.,’12)



Chapter 3 Page 34

Fig. 3.1c: 24 hours Wind Rose at Mundra West Port (Oct.,’11 – Sept.,’12)



Chapter 3Page 35

Table 3.2b gives wind frequency pattern of day-night (24 hours), day and night as monitored during the period Sept., 2012 to Nov., 2012 at Mundra West Port.

Table 3.2b: Wind Frequency Distribution at Mundra West Port, Sept.,2012 to Nov., 2012

A. 24 hours Overall Velocity Ranges (knots) Direction

1<=V<=2 2<V<=8 8<V<=12 12<V<=16 16 <V Sum %

N 0.28 0.65 2.74 2.81 0.07 6.55 NNE 0.5 1.37 1.59 0.21 0 3.67 NE 0.93 1.3 1.51 0.65 0 4.39 ENE 0.43 1.22 3.47 0.93 0.14 6.19 E 0.14 0.65 2.02 0.57 0 3.38 ESE 0.21 0.43 1.15 0.57 0 2.36 SE 0.43 1.01 1.08 0.28 0 2.8 SSE 1.73 5.27 5.49 0 0 12.49 S 1.66 3.25 1.22 0 0 6.13 SSW 0.86 4.33 0.72 0 0 5.91 SW 1.37 2.09 0 0 0 3.46 WSW 0.79 1.66 0 0 0 2.45 W 1.37 2.45 2.02 0.21 0 6.05 WNW 0.93 2.31 1.37 1.15 0 5.76 NW 1.22 1.59 3.47 4.48 1.08 11.84 NNW 0.72 1.37 3.54 5.27 0.28 11.18 SUM % 13.57 30.95 31.39 17.13 1.57 94.65 CALM (V<1.0 knot i.e. 0.514 m/s ) = 5.35

B. Day Time (0600 – 1800 Hrs.) Velocity Ranges (knots) Sum % Direction

1<=V<=4 4<V<=8 8<V<=12 12<V<=16 16 <V N 0.27 0.66 2.93 1.73 0.13 5.72 NNE 0.8 2.13 1.33 0.27 0 4.53 NE 1.46 2.00 2.40 0.53 0 6.39 ENE 0.53 2.13 5.86 1.33 0.27 10.12 E 0 0.93 3.46 0.80 0 5.19 ESE 0.27 0.13 1.06 0.80 0 2.25 SE 0.27 0.53 0.40 0.40 0 1.6 SSE 1.33 2.40 3.20 0.27 0 7.2 S 1.33 1.20 0.27 0 0 2.8 SSW 0.27 3.06 0.80 0 0 4.13 SW 0.66 1.73 0 0 0 2.40 WSW 0.66 0.93 0 0 0 1.60 W 1.46 3.20 3.06 0.40 0 8.12 WNW 1.33 2.80 2.40 2.00 0 8.53 NW 1.20 0.93 2.00 4.00 1.33 9.46 NNW 0.93 1.86 4.40 5.46 0.40 13.05 SUM % 12.76 26.62 33.57 17.99 2.13 93.07 CALM (V<1.0 knot i.e. 0.514 m/s ) = 6.93



Chapter 3Page 36

C. Night time (1800 – 0600 Hrs.) Velocity Ranges (knots) Direction

1<=V<=4 4<V<=8 8<V<=12 12<V<=16 16 <V Sum %

N 0.31 0.63 2.52 4.10 0 7.58 NNE 0.15 0.47 1.89 0.15 0 2.68 NE 0.31 0.47 0.47 0.78 0 2.05 ENE 0.31 0.15 0.63 0.47 0 1.57 E 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0 1.26 ESE 0.15 0.78 1.26 0.31 0 2.52 SE 0.63 1.57 1.89 0.15 0 4.26 SSE 2.21 8.53 8.21 0 0 18.90 S 2.05 5.68 2.36 0 0 10.10 SSW 1.57 5.68 0.63 0 0 7.89 SW 2.21 2.52 0 0 0 4.73 WSW 0.94 2.52 0 0 0 3.47 W 1.26 1.57 0.78 0 0 3.64 WNW 0.47 1.73 0.15 0.15 0 2.52 NW 1.26 2.36 5.21 4.89 0.78 14.50 NNW 0.47 0.78 2.52 5.05 0.15 9.00 SUM % 14.61 35.44 28.83 16.36 0.93 96.52 CALM (V<1.0 knot i.e. 0.50 m/s ) = 3.48

From the above table predominant wind direction during post monsoon season, 2012 was found to be South-south east (SSE), which prevailed for ~12.5% of the time, followed by north-west (NW), which prevailed for ~11.8% of the time. Calm conditions (i.e. wind speed <1 knot) prevailed for 5.35% of the time. During day time, predominant wind direction was found to be North-north west, which prevailed for ~13% of the time, followed by east-north-east (ENE), which prevailed for ~10.1% of the time. Calm conditions prevailed for ~6.9% of the time. At night, the predominant wind direction was found to be SSE, which prevailed for ~18.9% of the time, followed by north-west (NW), which prevailed for ~14.5% of the time; Calm conditions (i.e. wind speed <1 knot) prevailed for ~3.5% of the time. The maximum recorded wind-speed during the monitoring period was 39 km/hr. The average wind-speed for the entire monitoring period was ~9 km/hr.

Figs. 3.2a, 3.2b and 3.2c give the annual wind rose as observed at Mundra West Port during day time, night-time and overall respectively during post-monsoon season, 2012.

During the monitoring season, air temperatures ranged between 40.3oC and 24.1oC, the average being 30.6oC.



Chapter 3Page 37

Fig. 3.2a: Day Time Wind Rose at Mundra West Port (Post Monsoon Season , 2012)

Fig. 3.2a: Night Time Wind Rose at Mundra West Port (Post Monsoon Season , 2012)



Chapter 3Page 38

Fig. 3.2c: Overall Wind Rose at Mundra West Port (Post Monsoon Season, 2012)

Cyclones

Cyclonic disturbances strike North-Gujarat, particularly the Kachchh and Saurashtra regions, periodically. These disturbances generally originate over the Arabian Sea and sometimes the Bay of Bengal. Generally during June, the storms are confined to the area north of 15oN and east of 65oE. In August, in the initial stages, they move along the northwest course and show a large latitudinal scatter. West of 80oE, the tracks tend to curve towards north. During October the direction of movement of a storm is to the west in the Arabian Sea. However, east of 70E some of the storms moves north-northwest and later recurve northeast to strike Gujarat-north Makran coast. Last cyclone that occurred in this region was in 1998. The intensity of that cyclone was more than 20 m/sec.

The Met-Ocean conditions have been previously ascertained at several stages in the course of various studies conducted in past in respect of Mundra Port Projects. The site of the Proposed Port is in the same region. Flow modelling for the proposed location has been covered in the Model developed by H R Wallingford Ltd, UK, who has developed the model for whole of Gulf as relevant to Mundra Region. It has been observed during model studies that conditions at Wandh are same as at Mundra. Hence references to Mundra Data are valid in the instant case. Main conditions having significant bearing



Chapter 3Page 39

on Planning and Design of the Port are described here in below.

Tides

The tidal planes were assessed in 1998 as shown in Table 3.3. The highest astronomical tide (HAT) is estimated to be about +6.4 m above chart datum (CD), and the lowest astronomical tide (LAT) to be at 0.0 m CD.

Table 3.3: Tidal data of Mundra Tides Height (m) above CD

Mean High Water Springs (MHWS) 5.8 Mean High Water Neaps (MHWN) 4.6 Mean Low Water Neaps (MLWN) 2.1 Mean Low Water Springs (MLWS) 1.0

Currents

Currents at the proposed site of the Berths are almost aligned to the sea bed contours and are of the order 2 knots.

Waves

HR Wallingford (HRW) has studied the wave climate considering wave energy from locally generated waves and swell propagating in to the Gulf of Kutch from the Arabian Sea. The results of the study carried out by HRW are presented in the Table 3.4:

Table 3.4: Design Waves at Mundra Direction Sector (ºN)

Return Period (years)

Inshore Direction (ºN)

Hs (m) T2 (sec)

1 222 1.2 5.0 5 222 1.4 5.3 20 221 1.6 5.8

210

100 221 1.8 6.1 1 226 1.5 5.4 5 226 1.7 5.8 20 225 1.8 6.1

240

100 225 2.0 6.5 1 239 1.4 5.5 5 236 1.7 6.3 20 236 1.8 6.7

270

100 235 2.0 7.4 1 240 0.8 5.2 5 240 0.9 5.6 20 239 1.0 6.2

300

100 238 1.2 6.7

3.3.2 Physiography and Drainage

The project area is located on a stretch of beach. Only a small part of the project area lies above the High Tide Line or even the inter-tidal zone at present (refer Fig. 2.1 in



Chapter 3Page 40

Chapter 2). The project area is being created by dumping dredge spoils generated as part of the development of West Port.

The area within 5 km radius consists of flat expanses of muddy sand, which may be submerged by flood tides, and a few occasional low sandy knolls. To the north east of the project area there are two tidal creeks, Kotdi Creek and Baradimata Creek. Which join the sea through a common channel ~0.5 km east of the project site. The area beyond 5 km of the project site is also flat. About 6 – 7 km from the project site, the land is beyond the influence of tides and the vegetation changes to acacia forests, grass lands and agricultural land.

There is no national park, biosphere reserve, sanctuary, archeological site, Reserved or Protected Forest, defense installation and airports within the study area. The area does not fall in a land slide prone zone. The area falls in most active seismic zone as per IS 1893 (Zone V).

3.3.3 Land use

Land use in the study area

Existing land use in the study area has been studied through satellite image processing (IRS P6 LISS IV, 4th Feb., 2011 and IRS P6 LISS III, 4th Feb., 2011). Existing land use in the study area is shown in Table 3.5.

Table 3.5: Land use in Study Area Sl. No. Land use category Area (ha) Percentage

1 Sea 16590.14 50.865 2 Creek 478.83 1.468 3 River 113.29 0.347 4 Intake Channel 55.09 0.169 5 Lake/Pond 57.02 0.175 6 Water body 16.08 0.049 7 Industrial Tank 12.67 0.039 8 Mud flats 3960.35 12.142 9 Salt Pan 4.72 0.014 10 Mangrove 910.45 2.791 11 Agricultural Land 1658.51 5.085 12 Built-up Industry 604.22 1.853 13 Built-up Residential 72.44 0.222 14 Dense Scrub 1643.74 5.040 15 Open Scrub 2124.17 6.513 16 Sand 66.27 0.203 17 Roads & Railways 408.86 1.254 18 Vacant Land 55.76 0.171 19 Port &Jetty 1982.36 6.078 20 Forest 223.29 0.685 21 Gauchar 899.00 2.756 22 Pot Kharabo 34.66 0.106 23 Waste Land 644.39 1.976

TOTAL 32616.31 100



Chapter 3Page 41

The table shows that about 51% of the study area consists of sea. Another ~2% of the study area is made up of natural water bodies. Expanses of muddy sand constitute slightly more than 12% of the study area. Scrub lands constitute 11.55% of the study area. Mangroves cover 2.79% of the area. Industrial land (thermal power plants, ports & jetties, intake channel & water storage reservoir) occupy 8.13% of the study area. Agricultural lands occupy only about 5% of the study area and that too on the northern fringes of the study area. Land use coverage of the study area is shown in Drawing No. MEC/Q6XN/11/S2/02.

Land Use in the Project Area

As mentioned above, the proposed project area is barren land which is being created by dumping dredge spoils (see Photos 2a and 2b in Chapter 2).

3.3.4 Industrial profile of the study area The only industry within 5 km of the project area is Mundra West Port, located adjacent to the project on the western side. This port has been planned to primarily handle bulk cargo (mostly coal) being imported to fuel the Thermal Power Plants of Adani Power Ltd. (4260 MW) located ~6 km north-west of the project site and Tata Power Ltd. (4000 MW) ~7 km north-west of the project site adjacent to Adani Power Ltd.’s plant. Mundra South Port, which handles both break bulk cargo as well as containerized cargo is located ~10 km east-south-east of the proposed project site.

3.4 BASELINE DATA GENERATION / ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS The establishment of baseline for different environmental components in the study area and at the project site has been carried out by conducting field monitoring for baseline data generation. The data generation was carried out covering Ambient Air Quality, Noise Levels, Water Quality, Soil, Ecology and Socio-economic features. Besides additional data /information regarding ecology, demographic pattern and socio-economic conditions were collected from various central and state government agencies.

3.4.1 Air Quality

To quantify the impact of the proposed ship recycling activities on the ambient air quality, it is necessary at first to evaluate the existing ambient air quality of the study area. The existing ambient air quality, in terms of Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5), Sulphur-dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Lead (Pb) and Benzo-a-Pyrene (in particulate matter only) has been measured through a planned field monitoring.



Chapter 3Page 42

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location

There are no habitations within 5 km radius of the project site. Five villages are located within 10 km radius of the project site. Ambient air quality monitoring is being carried out on a regular basis at these five villages. The ambient air quality monitoring results at the following villages / locations for the post-monsoon seasons, 2011, 2012 have been included in this report. Table 3.6 gives location of the ambient air quality monitoring stations. The stations are also marked in Drawing No. MEC/Q6XN/11/S2/01.

Table 3.6: Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring Stations A. For Post Monsoon Season, 2011

Sl. No.

Location Station Code

Distance & Direction from nearest Project Boundary

1. Village Zarpara AN1 9.5 km north-east 2. Village Navinal AN2 8.0 km north 3. Village Siracha AN3 9.8 km north-north-west 4. Village Tunda AN4 9.6 km north-west 5. Village Vandh AN5 7.6 km west-north-west

B. For Post Monsoon Season, 2012 Sl. No.

Location Station Code

Distance & Direction from nearest Project Boundary

1. Village Zarpara AN1 9.5 km north-east 2. Village Navinal AN2 8.0 km north 3. Village Tunda AN4 9.6 km north-west 4. PMC Canteen, West Port AN6 2 km West

5. Common Effluent Treatment Plant (CETP) Complex AN7 7.5 km north-east

Monitoring schedule

As mentioned earlier, the EIA report has been prepared on the basis of Ambient Air Quality data generated in the study area for two full seasons covering twelve weeks of post-monsoon season, 2011 and post-monsoon season 2012. Samples of 24 hourly duration were taken on each monitoring day.

Methods of Sampling and Analysis

The methods of sample collection, equipment used and analysis procedures as followed are given in Table 3.7 and Nation Ambient Air Quality Standards are given in Table 3.8.



Chapter 3Page 43

Table 3.7 : Methodology of Sampling & Analysis and Equipment used Sl. No. Parameters Method followed

1. PM10 Gravimetric. IS:5182 (Part 23) 2. PM2.5 Gravimetry

3. NOx Jacobs and Hochheiser modified (Na-arsenite) Method. IS:5182 (Part VI)

4. SO2 Improved West & Gaecke method: IS:5182 (Part II) 5. Pb CPCB Method (Vol.I, May, 2011)

6. Benzo-a-pyrene CPCB Method (Vol.I, May, 2011)

7. CO Digital gas analyser

Table 3.8: National Ambient Air Quality Standards Concentration in Ambient Air

Sl. No. Parameter

Time Weighted Average

Industrial, Residential, Rural

& Other Areas

Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by

Central Government) Annual* 50 20 1 SO2 ; (µg/m3)

24 Hours** 80 80 Annual* 40 30 2 NOx ; (µg/m3)

24 Hours** 80 80 Annual* 60 60 3 PM10; (µg/m3)

24 Hours** 100 100 Annual* 40 40 4 PM2.5; (µg/m3)

24 Hours** 60 60 24 Hours** 1.0 1.0 8 Hours ** 02 02 5 CO; (mg/m3) 1 Hour ** 04 04 Annual* 0.5 0.5 6 Pb;

24 Hours** 1.0 1.0

7 Benzo-pyrene {particulate phase only}; (ng/m3)

Annual 1.0 1.0

* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals

** 24 hourly or 08 hourly or 01 hourly monitored values, as applicable, shall be compiled with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days.

Results and Discussions

Station wise detailed monitoring data is furnished at Tables 3.9.1 to 3.9.10. The summarized results of ambient air quality monitoring (covering PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx) are given in Table 3.10. Carbon-monoxide content was also measured and found to be Below Detection Limits (1 mg / m3) in all the samples. Lead and Benzo-a-pyrene remained Below Detection Limits (0.50 and 0.0005 µg/m3 respectively) in most samples.

The results when compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) indicate that air quality is within norms at three of the monitoring locations. At Tunda, a single reading of Benzo-a-pyrene exceeded the norm marginally. It may be noted that Tunda village is adjacent to two coal fired thermal power plants with a combined



Chapter 3Page 44

generating capacity of more than 8000 MW. At Siracha, a few readings of PM10

exceeded the norms due to dust generated from the dry village roads but not on consecutive days.

Table 3.9.1 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Zarpara Village, in 2011 Results in µg/m3 Sample No. Date

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx Pb Benzo-a-Pyrene

1 17-09-11 37.0 18.8 11.4 32.5 <0.50 <0.0005 2 20-09-11 49.1 26.2 8.3 26.3 <0.50 <0.0005 3 24-09-11 54.2 22.5 8.3 39.8 <0.50 <0.0005 4 27-09-11 78.2 37.5 12.3 29.4 <0.50 <0.0005 5 01-10-11 46.1 23.8 8.3 34.5 <0.50 <0.0005 6 04-10-11 32.2 16.2 9.4 29.2 <0.50 <0.0005 7 10-10-11 62.2 33.7 12.2 42.2 <0.50 <0.0005 8 13-10-11 54.2 26.2 16.3 38.7 <0.50 <0.0005 9 17-10-11 42.5 20.0 19.4 32.2 <0.50 <0.0005 10 20-10-11 54.2 26.2 11.8 45.2 <0.50 <0.0005 11 24-10-11 75.6 32.5 13.3 36.3 <0.50 <0.0005 12 27-10-11 69.2 35.0 15.4 40.2 <0.50 <0.0005 13 03-11-11 78.5 44.6 12.2 34.5 <0.50 <0.0005 14 07-11-11 45.5 28.2 11.2 26.5 <0.50 <0.0005 15 10-11-11 58.6 22.5 6.7 38.6 <0.50 <0.0005 16 14-11-11 62.6 26.7 13.2 35.3 <0.50 <0.0005 17 17-11-11 42.5 25.4 8.7 24.2 <0.50 <0.0005 18 21-11-11 74.2 33.3 10.1 42.4 <0.50 <0.0005 19 24-11-11 54.2 29.6 14.4 27.1 <0.50 <0.0005 20 28-11-11 66.2 30.0 5.6 41.2 <0.50 <0.0005 21 01-12-11 72.4 42.5 12.3 48.1 <0.50 <0.0005 22 05-12-11 65.5 36.6 9.7 33.1 <0.50 <0.0005 23 08-12-11 43.2 16.7 7.6 22.6 <0.50 <0.0005 24 12-12-11 59.6 34.6 6.5 40.3 <0.50 <0.0005

Table 3.9.2 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Navinal Village, in 2011 Results in µg/m3 Sample No. Date


1 18-09-11 48.0 16.4 13.1 28.2 <0.50 <0.0005 2 21-09-11 40.2 38.9 11.4 34.4 <0.50 <0.0005 3 25-09-11 34.1 29.0 8.7 23.2 <0.50 <0.0005 4 28-09-11 54.0 21.3 10.3 32.1 <0.50 <0.0005 5 03-10-11 46.4 31.6 9.4 32.4 <0.50 <0.0005 6 06-10-11 85.1 55.2 12.2 36.5 <0.50 <0.0005 7 12-10-11 59.2 17.7 10.5 30.5 <0.50 <0.0005 8 15-10-11 64.1 23.8 5.9 28.5 <0.50 <0.0005 9 19-10-11 76.2 46.4 13.5 36.5 <0.50 <0.0005 10 22-10-11 49.5 17.7 7.6 29.5 <0.50 <0.0005 11 26-10-11 56.5 16.3 14.3 39.4 <0.50 <0.0005 12 29-10-11 63.1 36.6 6.6 35.8 <0.50 <0.0005 13 02-11-11 52.5 22.7 8.4 26.5 <0.50 <0.0005 14 05-11-11 78.5 42.7 9.5 43.6 <0.50 <0.0005 15 09-11-11 66.5 28.6 12.6 29.5 <0.50 <0.0005 16 12-11-11 56.5 32.6 18.4 31.2 <0.50 <0.0005 17 16-11-11 46.2 20.1 7.7 35.5 <0.50 <0.0005 18 19-11-11 82.6 44.6 8.7 24.5 <0.50 <0.0005 19 23-11-11 75.5 34.7 12.3 38.6 <0.50 <0.0005 20 26-11-11 59.2 25.7 14.4 37.5 <0.50 <0.0005 21 03-12-11 50.5 22.7 12.7 26.6 <0.50 <0.0005 22 07-12-11 84.5 46.4 13.5 34.5 <0.50 <0.0005 23 10-12-11 71.5 32.4 9.7 42.5 <0.50 <0.0005 24 14-12-11 65.6 29.4 12.3 28.2 <0.50 <0.0005



Chapter 3Page 45

Table 3.9.3 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Siracha Village, in 2011 Results in µg/m3 Sample No. Date


1 18-09-11 35.0 23.7 16.2 36.1 <0.50 <0.0005 2 21-09-11 86.6 57.7 3.0 32.5 <0.50 <0.0005 3 25-09-11 40.0 28.2 12.6 30.4 <0.50 <0.0005 4 28-09-11 38.7 28.7 7.9 42.2 <0.50 <0.0005 5 03-10-11 112.0 48.7 10.8 34.5 <0.50 <0.0005 6 06-10-11 68.5 36.4 3.0 38.2 <0.50 <0.0005 7 12-10-11 92.0 38.7 11.2 32.1 <0.50 <0.0005 8 15-10-11 96.4 42.5 7.3 30.1 <0.50 <0.0005 9 19-10-11 117.9 56.2 14.3 38.9 <0.50 <0.0005 10 22-10-11 88.0 36.2 8.7 31.0 <0.50 <0.0005 11 26-10-11 84.6 36.4 3.0 41.2 <0.50 <0.0005 12 29-10-11 90.0 52.5 7.7 36.5 <0.50 <0.0005 13 02-11-11 96.2 38.7 8.7 32.6 <0.50 <0.0005 14 05-11-11 82.6 34.3 3.0 29.6 <0.50 <0.0005 15 09-11-11 76.5 24.6 10.6 36.1 <0.50 <0.0005 16 12-11-11 106.0 56.7 9.8 42.2 <0.50 <0.0005 17 16-11-11 96.2 45.4 15.7 36.5 <0.50 <0.0005 18 19-11-11 82.9 36.7 12.5 36.5 <0.50 <0.0005 19 23-11-11 72.6 41.4 3.0 24.9 <0.50 <0.0005 20 26-11-11 94.5 50.4 8.8 34.2 <0.50 <0.0005 21 03-12-11 62.7 35.4 12.7 25.7 <0.50 <0.0005 22 07-12-11 102.5 48.5 3.0 38.6 <0.50 <0.0005 23 10-12-11 94.2 42.6 7.6 42.2 <0.50 <0.0005 24 14-12-11 84.6 45.4 11.3 40.2 <0.50 <0.0005

Table 3.9.4 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Village Tunda, in 2011

Results in µg/m3 Sample No. Date PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx Pb Benzo-a-

Pyrene 1 18-09-11 46.2 28.7 18.1 33.22 0.71 0.00054 2 21-09-11 53.7 18.8 14.3 34.3 0.76 0.00060 3 25-09-11 26.2 23.8 10.2 38.2 0.59 <0.0005 4 28-09-11 48.7 37.5 6.5 29.0 0.55 0.00070 5 03-10-11 98.1 48.7 12.7 32.4 0.85 0.00064 6 06-10-11 74.4 35.0 14.4 34.5 <0.50 0.00082 7 12-10-11 80.2 42.5 6.6 28.5 0.92 0.00092 8 15-10-11 91.2 45.0 10.3 39.2 0.78 0.00109 9 19-10-11 68.1 23.7 12.6 41.2 0.61 0.00083 10 22-10-11 59.1 26.2 18.6 42.5 <0.50 <0.0005 11 26-10-11 82.4 48.7 15.5 35.5 0.68 0.00092 12 29-10-11 65.2 38.7 19.9 38.5 <0.50 <0.0005 13 02-11-11 86.8 41.2 15.5 42.6 0.84 0.00059 14 05-11-11 55.2 29.6 12.6 28.7 <0.50 <0.0005 15 09-11-11 65.2 30.4 14.4 26.5 <0.50 <0.0005 16 12-11-11 96.2 45.4 20.8 50.6 0.92 0.00100 17 16-11-11 46.7 43.7 19.3 44.5 <0.50 <0.0005 18 19-11-11 63.5 22.5 22.3 45.5 <0.50 <0.0005 19 23-11-11 72.6 39.6 12.6 24.5 <0.50 <0.0005 20 26-11-11 59.0 26.7 10.7 30.6 <0.50 <0.0005 21 03-12-11 54.5 32.5 16.7 27.6 <0.50 <0.0005 22 07-12-11 81.2 35.4 12.4 39.6 <0.50 <0.0005 23 10-12-11 92.6 49.6 19.6 49.5 0.75 0.00054 24 14-12-11 79.6 27.9 18.4 42.6 <0.50 <0.0005



Chapter 3Page 46

Table 3.9.5 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Village Vandh, in 2011 Results in µg/m3 Sample No. Date


1 18-09-11 53.7 26.2 15.4 42.4 <0.50 <0.0005 2 21-09-11 43.7 22.5 22.3 36.1 0.71 0.00059 3 25-09-11 43.7 36.2 12.4 32.5 0.51 <0.0005 4 28-09-11 52.5 31.2 9.2 26.2 0.54 0.00066 5 03-10-11 90.2 45.0 14.1 35.2 0.68 0.00092 6 06-10-11 78.4 31.2 16.8 38.3 0.92 0.00075 7 12-10-11 87.1 41.2 8.7 29.2 0.97 0.00059 8 15-10-11 64.5 28.7 12.4 40.3 <0.50 <0.0005 9 19-10-11 72.5 32.5 14.4 36.3 0.81 0.00062 10 22-10-11 81.2 36.2 20.8 42.2 0.64 0.00089 11 26-10-11 60.2 33.7 18.2 36.5 <0.50 <0.0005 12 29-10-11 96.2 45.0 22.6 35.2 0.77 0.00066 13 02-11-11 64.5 24.6 12.4 36.5 <0.50 <0.0005 14 05-11-11 82.6 44.6 15.5 42.6 0.96 0.00082 15 09-11-11 56.5 22.5 21.7 22.5 <0.50 <0.0005 16 12-11-11 45.4 27.5 14.5 30.3 <0.50 <0.0005 17 16-11-11 76.5 42.5 16.5 46.5 <0.50 <0.0005 18 19-11-11 50.5 22.5 11.6 25.5 <0.50 <0.0005 19 23-11-11 86.5 36.7 21.5 42.6 0.68 0.00072 20 26-11-11 96.5 40.4 18.5 44.4 <0.50 <0.0005 21 03-12-11 52.6 22.9 12.5 29.6 <0.50 <0.0005 22 07-12-11 68.6 39.6 10.4 45.4 <0.50 <0.0005 23 10-12-11 80.2 36.7 16.5 36.5 <0.50 <0.0005 24 14-12-11 95.5 43.3 22.5 52.6 0.54 0.00066

Table 3.9.6 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Zarpara Village, in 2012 Results in µg/m3 Sample No. Date

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx 1 05.09.12 91 47 <4 <10 2 07.09.12 78 43 4.8 <10 3 12.09.12 79 40 <4 <10 4 14.09.12 80 38 7.2 13.4 5 18.09.12 70 37 4.0 <10 6 20.09.12 54 33 6.5 10.5 7 25.09.12 89 42 4.6 <10 8 27.09.12 45 36 5.2 <10 9 02.10.12 51 38 6.6 <10 10 04.10.12 70 39 7.0 11.6 11 10.10.12 84 41 5.8 12.2 12 12.10.12 93 46 9.7 13.6 13 17.10.12 76 40 7.0 12.0 14 19.10.12 58 33 6.1 <10 15 25.10.12 91 54 6.6 11.3 16 27.10.12 83 44 6.0 11.7 17 01.11.12 90 49 7.0 12.8 18 03.11.12 91 47 7.5 10.2 19 08.11.12 86 41 <4 <10 20 10.11.12 70 37 6.3 14.1 21 16.11.12 84 43 <4 10.0 22 17.11.12 82 39 4.8 10.8 23 21.11.12 94 48 7.1 10.3 24 22.11.12 79 38 4.6 <10



Chapter 3Page 47

Table 3.9.7 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Navinal Village, in 2012 Results in µg/m3 Sample No. Date

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx 1 05.09.12 93 45 5.8 11.2 2 07.09.12 85 44 4.5 <10 3 12.09.12 91 40 4.5 <10 4 14.09.12 99 49 9.6 11.8 5 18.09.12 73 40 4.7 <10 6 20.09.12 77 41 <4 <10 7 25.09.12 41 36 <4 <10 8 27.09.12 28 27 <4 <10 9 02.10.12 69 36 8.0 <10 10 04.10.12 79 41 5.3 <10 11 10.10.12 87 44 7.2 11.8 12 12.10.12 79 44 5.3 <10 13 17.10.12 87 42 7.2 11.8 14 19.10.12 44 45 5.7 <10 15 25.10.12 70 39 5.6 <10 16 27.10.12 79 42 5.0 <10 17 01.11.12 90 51 9.8 14.0 18 03.11.12 86 47 11.9 15.8 19 08.11.12 84 44 <4 <10 20 10.11.12 96 52 7.7 11.1 21 16.11.12 85 46 12.7 7.66 22 17.11.12 79 43 9.9 <10 23 21.11.12 80 42 <4 <10 24 22.11.12 88 47 7.4 11.5

Table 3.9.8 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Tunda Village, in 2012

Results in µg/m3 Sample No. Date PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

1 05.09.12 72 38 6.3 <10 2 07.09.12 82 42 5.3 <10 3 12.09.12 39 31 <4 <10 4 14.09.12 56 31 6.9 10.3 5 18.09.12 57 31 6.4 16.3 6 20.09.12 52 34 5.7 <10 7 25.09.12 77 40 <4 <10 8 27.09.12 29 23 <4 <10 9 02.10.12 31 28 <4 <10 10 04.10.12 62 33 5.7 <10 11 10.10.12 74 39 4.7 <10 12 12.10.12 76 40 5.9 <10 13 17.10.12 41 30 <4 <10 14 19.10.12 72 41 4.7 <10 15 25.10.12 93 45 7.1 11.5 16 27.10.12 87 42 <4 <10 17 01.11.12 84 43 5.5 <10 18 03.11.12 98 46 <4 12.9 19 08.11.12 68 33 5.2 15.5 20 10.11.12 84 43 11.4 13.0 21 16.11.12 67 38 6.1 14.5 22 17.11.12 84 45 6.8 12.6 23 21.11.12 86 44 7.9 14.7 24 22.11.12 60 35 4.8 <10



Chapter 3Page 48

Table 3.9.9 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for West Port, in 2012 Results in µg/m3 Sample No. Date

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx 1 05.09.12 52 35 5.2 10.6 2 07.09.12 90 47 4.0 <10 3 12.09.12 93 46 6.9 <10 4 14.09.12 78 41 5.9 <10 5 18.09.12 50 32 4.2 <10 6 20.09.12 49 32 6.4 10.1 7 25.09.12 90 47 <4 <10 8 27.09.12 36 30 <4 <10 9 02.10.12 43 29 5.0 <10 10 04.10.12 44 31 6.5 <10 11 10.10.12 80 38 7.5 10.4 12 12.10.12 87 46 8.8 12.0 13 17.10.12 55 32 <4 <10 14 19.10.12 78 43 4.7 <10 15 25.10.12 89 47 5.6 <10 16 27.10.12 73 42 <4 <10 17 01.11.12 90 50 5.6 <10 18 03.11.12 75 40 4.5 <10 19 08.11.12 95 49 9.7 <10 20 10.11.12 94 50 4.0 11.6 21 16.11.12 89 44 13.0 13.0 22 17.11.12 91 46 4.9 <10 23 21.11.12 87 54 6.0 10.0 24 22.11.12 61 42 4.2 <10

Table 3.9.10 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for CETP Complex, in 2012

Results in µg/m3 Sample No. Date PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

1 05.09.12 87 45 5.3 13.7 2 07.09.12 83 41 5.9 <10 3 12.09.12 92 44 <4 <10 4 14.09.12 58 36 4.6 15.2 5 18.09.12 54 33 5.2 11.7 6 20.09.12 55 31 4.8 18.2 7 25.09.12 51 32 7.0 16.9 8 27.09.12 46 30 6.9 18.5 9 02.10.12 67 36 12.7 13.9 10 04.10.12 53 33 <4 17.4 11 10.10.12 71 37 6.6 13.6 12 12.10.12 54 30 7.3 12.4 13 17.10.12 75 39 9.5 19.2 14 19.10.12 63 31 5.8 15.1 15 25.10.12 76 41 7.2 17.3 16 27.10.12 72 38 11.8 15.8 17 01.11.12 79 41 9.1 14.1 18 03.11.12 76 40 10.4 17.3 19 08.11.12 46 28 6.7 <10 20 10.11.12 73 46 11.2 14.6 21 16.11.12 83 50 10.0 12.6 22 17.11.12 87 47 8.3 16.0 23 21.11.12 79 43 <4 14.7 24 22.11.12 71 34 6.1 18.2



Chapter 3Page 49

Table 3.10: Summarised Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results A. in 2011

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx Name of monitoring equipment used Respirable Dust

Sampler (RDS) PM2.5 Dust Sampler RDS & Spectro-photometer

RDS & Spectro-photometer

Equipment sensitivity Detection Limit: 1 µg/m3

Detection Limit: 1 µg/m3



AAQ monitoring stations Max. Min. C98 Max. Min. C98 Max. Min. C98 Max. Min. C98

Zarpara 78.5 32.2 78.4 44.6 16.2 43.6 19.4 5.6 18.0 48.1 22.6 46.8

Navinal 85.1 34.1 84.4 55.2 16.3 51.2 18.4 5.9 16.6 43.6 23.2 43.1

Siracha 117.9 35.0 115.2 57.7 23.7 57.2 16.2 3.0 16.0 42.2 24.9 42.2

Tunda 98.1 26.2 97.2 49.6 18.8 49.2 22.3 6.5 21.6 50.6 24.5 50.1

Vandh 96.5 43.7 96.4 45.0 22.5 45.0 22.6 8.7 22.5 52.6 22.5 49.8 B. in 2012

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx Name of monitoring equipment used Respirable Dust

Sampler (RDS) PM2.5 Dust Sampler RDS & Spectro-photometer

RDS & Spectro-photometer

Equipment sensitivity Detection Limit: 1 µg/m3




AAQ monitoring stations Max. Min. C98 Max. Min. C98 Max. Min. C98 Max. Min. C98

Zarpara 94 45 93.5 54 33 51.7 9.7 <4 8.9 14.1 <10 13.9

Navinal 99 28 97.6 52 27 51.5 12.7 <4 12.3 15.8 <10 15.5

Tunda 98 29 95.7 46 23 45.5 11.0 <4 10.1 16.3 <10 16.2

West Port 95 36 95.5 54 29 52.2 13.0 <4 11.7 13.0 <10 12.8

CETP Complex 92 46 89.7 50 28 48.6 12.7 <4 12.3 19.2 <10 18.9 3.4.2 Water Quality

Sources of water in the study area are surface water in sea / creeks and ground water.

3.4.2.1 Water Quality Monitoring stations, Frequency and Mode of Sampling

Water samples have been collected thrice during post-monsoon season, 2011 from eight (8) locations, which are listed in Table 3.11a. Samples were collected from twelve (12) locations during post-monsoon season 2012, which are listed in Table 3.11b. The locations of the surface water, ground water and drinking water sampling points are marked in Drawing No. MEC/Q6XN/11/S2/01.



Chapter 3Page 50

Table 3.11a: Water sampling locations, Post-Monsoon Season, 2011 Sl. No.

Location Stn. No.

Type Distance from project area

1 Sea 0.5 km offshore SW1 Sea Water 5 km east 2 Mouth of Kotdi & Baradimata Creeks SW2 Sea Water 3 km east 3 Sea 0.5 km offshore opposite project site SW3 Sea Water 0.5 km south 4 Sea 0.5 km offshore SW4 Sea Water 6.5 km west 5 Tube-well at vill. Zarpara GW1 Ground Water 9.5 km north-east 6 Tubewell at vill. Navinal GW2 Ground Water 8.0 km north 7 Tubewell at vill. Siracha GW3 Ground Water 9.8 km north-north-west 8 Tubewell at vill. Tunda GW4 Ground Water 9.6 km north-west

Table 3.11v: Water sampling locations, Post-Monsoon Season, 2012 Sl. No.

Location Stn. No.

Type Distance from project area

1 Sea 0.5 km offshore SW1 Sea Water 5 km east 2 Sea 0.5 km offshore opposite project site SW3 Sea Water 0.5 km south 3 Sea 0.5 km offshore SW4 Sea Water 6.5 km west 4 Sea, in West Port Basin SW5 Sea Water 2.5 km west 5 Tube-well at vill. Zarpara GW1 Ground Water 9.5 km north-east 6 Tubewell at vill. Navinal GW2 Ground Water 8.0 km north 7 Tubewell at vill. Siracha GW3 Ground Water 9.8 km north-north-west 8 Tubewell at vill. Tunda GW4 Ground Water 9.6 km north-west 9 Tap water supplied at West Port DW1 Drinking water 2 km west 10 Effluent being discharged from bulk

carrier M.V. Ocean Clarion E1 Effluent Ship anchored in West

Port 11 Effluent being discharged from oil tanker

M.T. Gulf Baynunah E2 Effluent Ship anchored in South

Port 12 Effluent being discharged from container

vessel M.V.OEL Singapore E3 Effluent Ship anchored in South

Port

3.4.2.2 Water Quality

The results of analysis of surface water are given in Tables 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.4, and 3.12.5. The results have been compared with the standards specified in Water Quality Criteria specified by Central Pollution Control Board (as given in Table 3.13).



Chapter 3Page 51

Table 3.12.1: Results of Sea Water Analysis for SW1 during 2011 Results

20-09-11 Flood Tide

17-10-11 Ebb Tide

29-11-11 Ebb Tide

Sl. No. Parameter

Surface Surface Bottom Surface Bottom 1 pH Value 7.79 7.33 7.65 7.34 7.38 2 Turbidity, NTU Nil 15 26.3 Nil Nil 3 Temperature, oC 28 30 30 29 29 4 Suspended Solids, mg/l 256 10 18 16 19

5 Salinity, mg/l, 39181 40557 38867 81874 74676

6 Dissolved Oxygen (as O2), mg/l 4.3 6.6 6.1 6.3 5.8

7 COD, mg/l 79 - - - - 8 BOD (3 days at 27 oC), mg/l. 20 135 107 60 37

9 Ammoniacal Nitrogen (as N), mg/l Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

10 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, Nil Nil Nil 1.44 1.29 11 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, 2795 3457 2891 3356 2546

12 Nitrite (as NO2), mg/l, 0.03 4.71 2.64 2.64 1.59

13 Total Nitrogen, mg/l 0.04 5.04 3.36 2.24 1.68

14 Dissolved Phosphates, mg/l, 3.05 Nil Nil Nil Nil

15 Phosphorus, mg/l - Nil Nil Nil Nil

16 Poly aromatic hydrocarbons, mg/l Not Detected Nil Nil Nil Nil

17 Organic Carbon, % - 0.013 0.010 0.006 0.004

18 Chromium, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 19 Nickel, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 20 Zinc, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 21 Lead, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 22 Copper, mg/l - 0.48 0.53 - - 23 Cadmium, mg/l - Nil 0.06 - - 24 Mercury, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 25 Arsenic, mg/l - Nil Nil - -



Chapter 3Page 52


20-09-11 Flood Tide

18-10-11 Ebb Tide

29-11-11 Ebb Tide

Sl. No. Parameter

Surface Surface Bottom Surface Bottom 1 pH Value 7.76 7.51 7.54 7.46 7.49 2 Turbidity, NTU Nil 16.8 22.2 Nil Nil 3 Temperature, oC 28 31 30 29 29 4 Suspended Solids, mg/l 193 13 15 13 15

5 Salinity, mg/l, 37651 42376 38328 71977 88172


7 COD, mg/l 63 - - - -

8 BOD (3 days at 27 oC), mg/l. 18 131 116 34 50



12 Nitrite (as NO2), mg/l, 0.14 4.63 6.73 1.28 5.13


14 Phosphates, mg/l, 7.62 Nil Nil Nil Nil



17 Organic Carbon, % - Nil Nil 0.004 0.005

18 Chromium, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 19 Nickel, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 20 Zinc, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 21 Lead, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 22 Copper, mg/l - Nil 0.15 - - 23 Cadmium, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 24 Mercury, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 25 Arsenic, mg/l - Nil Nil - -



Chapter 3Page 53


20-09-11 Flood Tide

19-10-11 Ebb Tide

30-11-11 Flood Tide

Sl. No. Parameter


5 Salinity, mg/l, 38010 41477 45076 76476 71977


7 COD, mg/l 95 - - - -

8 BOD (3 days at 27 oC), mg/l. 26 160 153 50 126

9 Ammoniacal Nitrogen (as N), mg/l Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 10 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, Nil Nil Nil 1.40 1.70 11 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, 2741 2876 2641 2614 2571

12 Nitrite (as NO2), mg/l, 0.18 Nil Nil 3.15 2.26





17 Organic Carbon, % - 0.015 0.015 0.005 0.012

18 Chromium, mg/l - Nil Nil - -

19 Nickel, mg/l - Nil Nil - -

20 Zinc, mg/l - Nil Nil - -

21 Lead, mg/l - Nil Nil - -

22 Copper, mg/l - Nil 0.12 - -

23 Cadmium, mg/l - Nil Nil - -

24 Mercury, mg/l - Nil Nil - -

25 Arsenic, mg/l - Nil Nil - -



Chapter 3Page 54


20-09-11 Flood Tide

17-10-11 Ebb Tide

30-11-11 Ebb Tide

Sl. No. Parameter


5 Salinity, mg/l, 37919 37788 46965 65679 74676


7 COD, mg/l 68 - - - -

8 BOD (3 days at 27 oC), mg/l. 19 108 153 48 84



12 Nitrite (as NO2), mg/l, 0.12 5.48 Nil 4.12 0.54

13 Total Nitrogen, mg/l 0.18 5.5 Nil 1.68 1.12


15 Phosphorus, mg/l - Nil Nil Nil Nil 16 Poly aromatic hydrocarbons, mg/l Not Detected Nil Nil Nil Nil

17 Organic Carbon, % - 0.011 0.015 0.005 0.009 18 Chromium, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 19 Nickel, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 20 Zinc, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 21 Lead, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 22 Copper, mg/l - 0.12 Nil - - 23 Cadmium, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 24 Mercury, mg/l - Nil Nil - - 25 Arsenic, mg/l - Nil Nil - -



Chapter 3Page 55

Table 3.12.5: Results of Sea Water Analysis during Post Monsoon Season 2012 Results (Sampling Date: 20-11-12) Sl.

No. Parameter SW1 SW3 SW4 SW5

1 pH Value 7.6 7.7 7.4 7.8 2 Turbidity, NTU <5 <5 <5 <5 3 Temperature, oC 28 28 29 29 4 Suspended Solids, mg/l 24 24 14 20

5 Salinity, g/l, 33.4 33.4 32.7 32.1

6 Dissolved Oxygen (as O2), mg/l 7.4 7.6 7.8 7.4

7 BOD (3 days at 27 oC), mg/l. 18 24 15 26 8 Ammoniacal Nitrogen (as N), mg/l 0.42 0.14 0.14 0.28

9 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, 3.54 3.12 3.12 2.76

10 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, 2642 2971 3037 2905 11 Nitrite (as NO2), mg/l, 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.04

12 Total Nitrogen, mg/l 0.70 0.84 0.56 0.84

13 Dissolved Phosphates, mg/l, 0.10 0.10 0.022 0.021

14 Chromium, mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

15 Nickel, mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

16 Zinc, mg/l 0.015 0.063 <0.005 0.032 17 Lead, mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 18 Copper, mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 19 Cadmium, mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 20 Mercury, mg/l <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 21 Arsenic, mg/l <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

Table 3.13: Water Quality Criteria as per Central Pollution Control Board Parameters Class A Class B Class C Class D Class E

1. pH 6.5–8.5 6.5–8.5 6.0-9.0 6.5–8.5 6.0–8.5 2. Dissolved oxygen (as O2), mg/l, min 6 5 4 4 - 3. BOD, 3 days at 27° C, max 2 3 3 - - 4.Total coliform organism, MPN/100 ml, max 50 500 5000 - - 5. Free ammonia (as N), mg/l, max - - - 1.2 - 6. Electrical conductivity, µmhos/cm, max - - - - 2250 7. Sodium absorption ratio, max. - - - - 26 8. Boron (as B), mg/l, max. - - - - 2

Class A: Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection Class B: Outdoor bathing (Organised) Class C: Drinking water source after conventional treatment and after disinfection Class D: Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries Class E: Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, and Controlled Waste Disposal Below E: Not meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria

From the results it is obvious that the sea water quality when compared with Water Quality Criteria specified by Central Pollution Control Board, the water sources meet criteria specified for Class D.



Chapter 3Page 56

The result of analysis of ground water is given in Table 3.14.1, 3.14.2, 3.14.3, Table 3.14.4, and 3.14.5. The results have been compared with the drinking water quality standards specified in IS:10500.

Table 3.14.1: Results of Ground Water Analysis for sample GW1 during 2011

Norms* Ground Water from Village Zarpara Sl. No. Parameters

Desirable limits **

Permissible limits *** 21.09.11 11.10.11 23.11.11

Essential characteristics

1 Colour, Hazen Units. Max. 5 25 <1 <1 <1

2 Odour Unobjectionable - Unobjectionable Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

3 Taste Agreeable - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 4 Turbidity, NTU, Max. 5 10 0.25 0.20 0.40 5 pH value 6.5 to 8.5 No relaxation 8.1 8.2 8.2

6 Total Hardness(as CaCO3), mg/l, max 300 600 138 130 155

7 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, max. 0.3 1 0.26 0.27 0.19 8 Chloride (as Cl),mg/l, max. 250 1000 558 528 610 9 Residual Free Chlorine, mg/l, min 0.2 Nil Nil Nil 10 Fluoride (as F), mg/l, max. 1 1.5 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

Desirable characteristics

11 Dissolved Solids, mg/l, max. 500 2000 1724 1705 1808

12 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, max. 75 200 26.4 28.0 28.0

13 Magnesium (as Mg), mg/l, max. 30 100 17.3 14.4 20.4

14 Copper (as Cu), mg/l, max. 0.05 1.5 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

15 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, max. 0.1 0.3 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

16 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, max. 200 400 92.7 108.0 102 17 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, max. 45 100 2.38 2.81 3.77

18 Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), mg/l, max. 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

19 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, max. 0.001 No relaxation <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 20 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, max. 0.01 No relaxation <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 21 Selenium (as Se ), mg/l, max. 0.01 No relaxation <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 22 Arsenic (as As), mg/l, max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 23 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 24 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 25 Zinc (as Zn ), mg/l, max. 5 15 0.039 0.040 0.080 26 Anionic Detergents (as MBAS), mg/l, max. 0.2 1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

27 Chromium (as Cr6 +), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

28 Mineral oil mg/l, Max. 0.01 0.03 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 29 Alkalinity( as CaCO3), mg/l 200 600 366 340 370 30 Aluminium (as Al ), mg/l 0.03 0.2 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 31 Boron (as B), mg/l, max. 1 5 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

95 Drinking Water Specification, IS : 10500 (1991) & Amendment no.1, January’1993 ** Requirement (desirable limits) *** Permissible limits in the absence of alternate source



Chapter 3Page 57


Norms* Ground Water from Village Navinal Sl. No. Parameters

Desirable limits **


Essential characteristics 1 Colour, Hazen Units. Max. 5 25 <1 <1 <1


Unobjectionable










16 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, max. 200 400 111 111 132 17 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, max. 45 100 4.02 3.93 4.27



27 Chromium (as Cr6 +), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 28 Mineral oil mg/l, Max. 0.01 0.03 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 29 Alkalinity( as CaCO3), mg/l 200 600 504 536 478 30 Aluminium (as Al ), mg/l 0.03 0.2 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 31 Boron (as B), mg/l, max. 1 5 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01




Chapter 3Page 58


Norms* Ground Water from Village Siracha Sl. No. Parameters

Desirable limits **


Essential characteristics 1 Colour, Hazen Units. Max. 5 25 <1 <1 <1


Unobjectionable










16 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, max. 200 400 106 90 126 17 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, max. 45 100 1.59 0.84 1.33








Chapter 3Page 59


Norms* Ground Water from Village Tunda Sl. No. Parameters

Desirable limits **



1 Colour, Hazen Units. Max. 5 25 <1 <1 <1


Unobjectionable










16 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, max. 200 400 58.2 64.0 44.1 17 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, max. 45 100 2.01 1.64 1.88


19 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, max. 0.001 No relaxation <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 20 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, max. 0.01 No relaxation <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 21 Selenium (as Se ), mg/l, max. 0.01 No relaxation <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 22 Arsenic (as As), mg/l, max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 23 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 24 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 25 Zinc (as Zn ), mg/l, max. 5 15 0.056 0.030 <0.01 26 Anionic Detergents (as MBAS), mg/l, max. 0.2 1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1






Chapter 3Page 60

Table 3.14.5: Results of Ground Water Analysis during 2012

Norms* Ground Water from Village Tunda Sl. No. Parameters

Desirable limits **

Permissible limits *** GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4


1 Colour, Hazen Units. Max. 5 25 <5 <5 <5 <5

2 Odour Unobjectionable - Unobjectio

nable Unobjection

able Unobjection

able Unobjection

able 3 Taste Agreeable - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 4 Turbidity, NTU, Max. 5 10 <5 <5 <5 <5 5 pH value 6.5 to 8.5 No relaxation 8.2 8.1 8.3 7.5

6 Total Hardness(as CaCO3), mg/l, max 300 600 208 196 148 32

7 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, max. 0.3 1 0.30 <0.02 0.19 <0.02 8 Chloride (as Cl),mg/l, max. 250 1000 645 527 334 30 9 Residual Free Chlorine, mg/l, min 0.2 Nil Nil Nil Nil 10 Fluoride (as F), mg/l, max. 1 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.1 0.18


11 Dissolved Solids, mg/l, max. 500 2000 1694 1526 1348 106

12 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, max. 75 200 34 35 24 6

13 Magnesium (as Mg), mg/l, max. 30 100 30 26 21 4

14 Copper (as Cu), mg/l, max. 0.05 1.5 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

15 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, max. 0.1 0.3 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

16 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, max. 200 400 156 64.0 136 1.4 17 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, max. 45 100 3 1.64 3.3 0.58

18 Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), mg/l, max. 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

19 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, max. 0.001 No relaxation <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 20 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, max. 0.01 No relaxation <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 21 Selenium (as Se ), mg/l, max. 0.01 No relaxation <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 22 Arsenic (as As), mg/l, max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 23 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 24 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 25 Zinc (as Zn ), mg/l, max. 5 15 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 26 Chromium (as Cr6 +), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

27 Mineral oil mg/l, Max. 0.01 0.03 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

28 Alkalinity( as CaCO3), mg/l 200 600 268 300 392 36 29 Aluminium (as Al ), mg/l 0.03 0.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 30 Boron (as B), mg/l, max. 1 5 <0.2 <0.01 <0.2 <0.01

Drinking Water Specification, IS : 10500 (1991) & Amendment no.1, January’1993 ** Requirement (desirable limits) *** Permissible limits in the absence of alternate source

Sampling Carried out on 20th Nov., 2012



Chapter 3Page 61

From the results it can be seen that during post-monsoon season, 2011 in all the samples, chloride levels are higher than the Desirable Limits, but within the Permissible Limits. At Zarpara, Siracha and Tunda, the Dissolved Solid levels are higher than the Desirable Limits, but within the Permissible Limits; At Navinal, Dissolved Solids are higher than the Permissible limits also. At Zarpara, Navinal and Siracha, Alkalinity levels are higher than the Desirable Limits, but within the Permissible Limits; At Tunda, Alkalinity levels are higher than the Permissible limits also.

During post-monsoon season, 2012, chloride, dissolved solids and alkalinity levels are higher than the Desirable Limits, but within the Permissible Limits at Zarpara, Siracha and Navinal. Other parameters were within the Desirable limits.

The result of analysis of drinking water is given in Table 3.15. The results have been compared with the drinking water quality standards specified in IS:10500. In Drinking Water too chloride, dissolved solids and alkalinity levels are higher than the Desirable Limits, but within the Permissible Limits. Other parameters were within the Desirable limits.



Chapter 3Page 62

Table 3.15: Results of Drinking Water Analysis during 2012 Norms* Sl.

No. Parameters Desirable limits ** Permissible limits ***

Results


1 Colour, Hazen Units. Max. 5 25 <5

2 Odour Unobjectionable - Unobjectionable

3 Taste Agreeable - Agreeable 4 Turbidity, NTU, Max. 5 10 <5 5 pH value 6.5 to 8.5 No relaxation 8.2

6 Total Hardness(as CaCO3), mg/l, max 300 600 208

7 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, max. 0.3 1 0.30 8 Chloride (as Cl),mg/l, max. 250 1000 645 9 Residual Free Chlorine, mg/l, min 0.2 Nil 10 Fluoride (as F), mg/l, max. 1 1.5 1.3


11 Dissolved Solids, mg/l, max. 500 2000 1694

12 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, max. 75 200 34

13 Magnesium (as Mg), mg/l, max. 30 100 30

14 Copper (as Cu), mg/l, max. 0.05 1.5 <0.01

15 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, max. 0.1 0.3 <0.01

16 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, max. 200 400 17 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, max. 45 100

18 Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), mg/l, max. 0.001 0.002 <0.001

19 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, max. 0.001 No relaxation <0.0005 20 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, max. 0.01 No relaxation <0.005 21 Selenium (as Se ), mg/l, max. 0.01 No relaxation <0.005 22 Arsenic (as As), mg/l, max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.03 23 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 24 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.05 25 Zinc (as Zn ), mg/l, max. 5 15 <0.005 26 Chromium (as Cr6 +), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01

27 Mineral oil mg/l, Max. 0.01 0.03 <0.1 28 Alkalinity( as CaCO3), mg/l 200 600 268 29 Aluminium (as Al ), mg/l 0.03 0.2 <0.01 30 Boron (as B), mg/l, max. 1 5 <0.2

Drinking Water Specification, IS : 10500 (1991) & Amendment no.1, January’1993 ** Requirement (desirable limits) *** Permissible limits in the absence of alternate source

Sampling Carried out on 20th Nov., 2012

The results of effluent analysis are given in Table 3.16.



Chapter 3Page 63

Table 3.16: Results of Effluent Analysis Results

Sl. No.

Characteristics

Norms E1 (Bulk Carrier)

E2 (Oil Tanker)

E3 (Container

Ship) 1 Colour, Hazen units <5 <5 <5

2 Odour

All efforts should be made to remove colour and unpleasant

odour as far as practicable None None None

3 Suspended Solids, mg/l 100

4 Temperature, OC Shall not exceed 5 OC above receiving water temperature +14 +10 +12

5 pH 5.5-9.0 7.9 7.5 7.6

6 Oil & Grease, mg/l 20 9 12 7

7 Ammonical nitrogen (as N), mg/l, Max 50 0.39 0.24 0.46

8 Total Kjeldahl nitrogen (as N), mg/l, 100 0.94 0.66 1.39

9 Free ammonia (as NH3), mg/l 5 0.016 <0.01 0.011

10 Biochemical oxygen demand (3 days at 27ºC), mg/l 100 28 16 18

11 Arsenic (as As), mg/l 0.2 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

12 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l 0.01 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005

13 Lead (as Pb), mg/l 2.0 0.06 <0.05 <0.05

14 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l 2.0 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005

15 Hexavalent chromium (as Cr+6), mg/l, Max 1.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

16 Total chromium (as Cr), mg/l 2.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 17 Copper (as Cu), mg/l 3.0 <0.01 0.02 <0.01 18 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l 15 0.033 0.020 0.017

19 Selenium (as Se), mg/l 0.05 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005

20 Nickel (as Ni), mg/l 5.0 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

21 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l 0.2 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

22 Fluoride (as F), mg/l 15 0.48 0.33 0.40

23 Nitrate Nitrogen, mg/l 20 3.59 2.76 2.86

24 Sulphide (as S), mg/l 5.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0

25 Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), mg/l 5.0 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

26 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l 2 0.068 0.059 0.072 27 Iron (as Fe), mg/l 3 2.1 1.8 2.2 28 Vanadium (as V), mg/l 0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2

The results of Effluent Water Analysis have been compared with the General Standards for discharge of environmental pollutants to Marine Coastal waters as prescribed by MoEF vide notification dated 19th May’1993 and amendment in December,1993. From the above results it is can be that temperature of all the effluents were higher than the permissible limits. This is because the ships’ auxiliary engines were running and were being cooled with water. It may also be noted that Regulation 9 of Annex I of MARPOL 73 / 78 prohibits the discharge of oily effluent whose oil content doest not exceed 15 parts per million



Chapter 3Page 64

(ppm) without dilution. The oil content of the discharge water does not exceed 15 ppm.

3.4.3 Noise Levels

In order to have an idea about the existing ambient noise level of the study area, noise monitoring has been carried out at five locations during post-monsoon season 2011 and at eight locations during post monsoon season, 2012. All the stations are listed in Table 3.17. These stations are also marked in Drawing No. MEC/Q6QE/11/S2/01.

Table 3.17 : Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations Stn. No.

Location Distance & Direction from project area

AN1 Zarpara Village 9.5 km north-east AN2 Navinal Village 8.0 km north AN3 Siracha Village 9.8 km north-north-west AN4 Tunda Village 9.6 km north-west AN5 Vandh Village 7.6 km west-north-west AN6 PMC Canteen, West Port 2 km West AN7 Common Effluent Treatment Plant (CETP) Complex 7.5 km east-north-east N8 West Port Security Gate 6 km north-west N9 Adani House 8 km east N10 Village Dhrub, near Rangoli Hotel 9 km north-east

Noise Monitoring Frequency

Monitoring was carried out during September, October and November, 2011. At each ambient noise monitoring station, Leq. Noise level has been recorded at hourly intervals for 24 hours continuously by operating the noise-recording instrument for fifteen (15) minutes during each hour.

Results and Discussions

The summarized results of ambient noise monitoring are given in Table 3.18. The results have been compared with the standard specified in Schedule III, Rule 3 of Environmental Protection Rules given in Table 3.19.

Table 3.18: Summarised Results of Noise Monitoring

Results Day (0600-2200 hr.) Night (2200-0600 hr.)

Stn. No.

Location

Max. Min. Avg.* Max. Min. Avg.* September, 2011

AN1 Zarpara Village 59.2 41.0 52.7 51.2 41.2 47.6 AN2 Navinal Village 62.5 45.6 54.3 47.2 42.6 45.0 AN3 Siracha Village 60.2 48.2 53.2 52.5 48.9 50.6



Chapter 3Page 65

Results Day (0600-2200 hr.) Night (2200-0600 hr.)

Stn. No.

Location

Max. Min. Avg.* Max. Min. Avg.* AN4 Tunda Village 60.1 49.5 53.7 52.3 45.7 50.4 AN5 Vandh Village 61.5 48.4 53.8 52.7 46.6 49.9

October, 2011 AN1 Zarpara Village 59.5 51.2 56.4 58.2 50.2 55.2 AN2 Navinal Village 58.1 46.4 53.8 51.2 40.2 48.9 AN3 Siracha Village 56.6 44.4 52.8 51.2 43.9 49.8 AN4 Tunda Village 58.2 46.3 54.3 52.2 40.5 48.7 AN5 Vandh Village 58.2 50.2 54.7 52.3 40.9 46.6

November, 2011 AN1 Zarpara Village 63.1 44.8 58.8 57.4 47.2 53.9 AN2 Navinal Village 69.3 50.7 62.8 58.9 42.6 52.9 AN3 Siracha Village 67.3 48.9 61.8 58.3 44.9 52.8 AN4 Tunda Village 69.4 49.5 63.0 55.2 44.5 50.6 AN5 Vandh Village 67.8 45.2 61.1 52.7 40.6 49.7

Post Monsoon Season, 2012 AN1 Zarpara Village 54.5 40.6 50.3 47.5 37.5 42.0 AN2 Navinal Village 50.1 38.9 46.7 42.3 35.2 37.8 AN4 Tunda Village 51.4 42.1 48.2 48.3 38.7 41.9 AN6 PMC Canteen, West Port 56.4 47.5 52.6 48.6 42.7 46.9 AN7 CETP Complex 57.4 48.4 50.2 54.3 47.6 50.3 N8 West Port Security Gate 55.2 43.4 51.1 48.3 40.2 45.0 N9 Adani House 58.3 46.4 53.3 50.1 42.4 46.3 N10 Village Dhrub 66.8 54.7 63.3 64.6 48.4 57.7

* Logarithmic Averages. All Values in dB (A).

Table 3.19: Ambient Air Quality norms in respect of Noise (As Per Schedule III, Rule 3 of Environment Protection Rules)

Type of Area Day (0600 – 2200 hrs).

Night (2200 – 0600 hrs.)

Industrial Area

Commercial Area

Residential Area

Silence Zone

75

65

55

50

70

55

45

40 All Values in dB (A)

The results indicate that during September and October, 2011 day time noise levels were within the norms for Residential Areas. During November, 2011 the day time noise levels exceeded the norms for residential Areas, but are within the norms for Industrial Areas. Night time noise levels exceed the norms for residential Areas, but are within the norms for Industrial Areas



Chapter 3Page 66

during all three months. It may be noted that Vandh and Tunda lie adjacent to two major coal fired thermal power plants.

During post-monsoon season, 2012, noise levels at Zarpara, Navinal and Tunda villages were within the norms for residential areas. The monitoring location at Dhrub Village is a commercial area. It this location the day time noise level was within the norm but at night, the noise level was higher than the norm. It may be noted that this area sees a lot of activity round the clock on account of Mundra Port. The other three locations are industrial areas and the noise levels were within the norms.

3.4.4 Soil and Sediment Characteristics

To assess the quality of soil in and around the proposed mining area, soil samples were collected from four locations during post monsoon season, 2011. Table 3.20 lists the soil sampling locations. These locations are also marked in Drg. No. MEC /Q6XN/11/S2/01.

Table 3.20: List of Soil Sampling Locations

A. In Post Monsoon Season, 2011 Sample No. Location Type of Land

S1 Village Zarpara Agricultural land S2 Village Navinal Agricultural land S3 Village Siracha Agricultural land S4 Village Vandh Barren land

B. In Post Monsoon Season, 2012 Sample No. Location Type of Land

S1 Village Zarpara Agricultural land S2 Village Navinal Agricultural land S3 Village Siracha Barren land S5 Village Tunda Agricultural land S6 West Basin, Near Agripark Forest land

The results of analysis are given in Tables 3.21, 3.22, 3.23, and 3.24



Chapter 3Page 67

Table 3.21: Physical Properties of Soil A. During Post Monsoon Season, 2011

S1 S2 S3 S4 A* B* C* A* B* C* A* B* C* A* B* C*

Water Holding Capacity (%)

2.26 1.00 1.00 2.20 2.42 0.88 1.05 1.68 2.41 1.64 1.40 2.03

Bulk Density (g/cc)

1.22 1.42 2.080 1.20 1.6 2.46 2.08 1.62 2.05 1.33 1.32 1.42

Porosity (%) 51.4 30.88 19.38 53.49 34.7 11.52 23.53 38.1 24.64 50.56 36.52 42.75 Sand (%) 60 12.5 12 34 30.9 60 56 25.9 58 60 34.3 56 Silt (%) 8 38.7 10 14 48.9 12 10 10.8 10 6 10.7 14 Clay (%) 16 21.1 8 4 6.7 8 14 9.9 12 16 16.8 8 Gravel (%) 16 27.7 70 48 13.5 20 20 53.4 20 18 38.2 22

* A: Sampling date – 18-09-11; B Sampling Date – 10-10-11; C – Sampling Date 07-11-11

B. During Post Monsoon Season, 2012 S1 S2 S3 S5 S6

Color Grey Blackish Grey Whitish Yellow Brownish Black Whitish Grey Texture Sandy Sandy loam Sandy clay loam Sandy loam Sandy clay loam Water Holding Capacity (%) 36 34 33 34 35 Bulk Density (g/cc) 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4

Table 3.22: Chemical Properties of Soil A. During Post Monsoon Season, 2011


pH 8.01 10.50 7.86 7.12 7.72 8.41 7.88 6.25 9.45 6.78 7.72 7.12 Electrical Conductivity (µs/cm)

460 810 6.40 4.60 1120 3.45 6.60 48 6.40 1520 1140 15.60

Sodium Absorption Ratio

8.88 1.38 11.66 20.40 0.4 8.80 22.10 1.42 11.60 21.40 4.30 6.45

Cation Exchange Capacity (meq/100 gm)

6.68 7.48 14.28 9.14 9.28 2.40 7.85 3.48 6.45 4.56 2.66 2.68

Loss on Ignition (%) 4.00 4.40 4.01 5.00 1.58 5.39 4.00 6.78 7.00 4.00 3.60 3.79


B. During Post Monsoon Season, 2012 Parameters S1 S2 S3 S5 S6

pH 8.5 8.0 9.3 8.2 7.8

Electrical Conductivity (µs/cm) 262 324 1025 523 1633

Soil pH plays an important role in the availability of nutrients. Soil microbial activity is also dependent on pH. In the study area the soil pH is slightly alkaline (6.25 < pH <10.5); most of the soil samples were slightly alkaline.

Electrical conductivity (EC) is a measure of the soluble salts and ionic activity in the soil. In the collected soil samples the conductivity ranged from 6.60 to 1633 µs/cm.



Chapter 3Page 68

Table 3.23: Available Major Nutrients in Soil A. During Post Monsoon Season, 2011


Organic Matter (%) 0.114 0.39 0.76 0.424 0.28 1.21 0.472 1.65 0.44 0.381 0.88 0.64 Available Nitrogen (mg/kg)

592 420 1180 846 1080 580 1061 480 860 762 820 1610

Available phosphorus (mg/kg)

0.780 0.062 1.04 0.97 0.048 0.21 0.089 0.058 1.89 0.018 0.066 0.04


B. During Post Monsoon Season, 2012

Phosphorus and Nitrogen are limiting nutrients. In the tested soil samples, availability of phosphorus is low. Available Nitrogen is high. Organic carbon matter is low to high.

Table 3.24: Soil Chemical constituents A. During Post Monsoon Season, 2011


Iron (%) 0.66 2.08 0.42 0.64 1.44 2.05 0.92 1.9 0.64 0.95 1.32 1.95 Zinc, mg/kg 94.65 90.65 7.76 104 60.48 88.66 66.21 32.8 40.67 65.4 28.18 88.51 Calcium, g/kg 2.30 1.08 1.80 1.06 1.43 1.43 2.41 0.58 1.66 2.64 0.48 3.40 Magnesium, g/kg 0.337 0.44 0.67 0.295 0.62 0.18 1.045 0.09 0.31 0.83 0.08 1.83 Sodium, g/kg 1.22 315 1.616 2.06 281 2.105 3.65 881 1.616 3.49 218 2.105 Potassium, g/kg 22.11 18 90.28 34.10 30 19.59 28.50 10 90.28 14.00 22 19.59 Chloride, g/kg 1.463 1.610 1.02 1.041 0.558 0.881 2.145 0.122 0.46 1.540 1.444 0.65


Parameters S1 S2 S3 S5 S6

Available Nitrogen (kg/ha) & Rating

145 Low

217 Low

66 Low

103 Low

114 Low

Available Phosphorus (Kg/ha) and Rating

7 Low

7 Low

6 Low

1 Low

5 Low

Available Potassium (Kg/ha) and Rating

117 Low

551 High

597 High

367 High

2526 High

Organic carbon (%) and Ratings

0.63 Medium

0.35 Low

0.47 Low

0.33 Low

0.93 High

Organic matter % 1.09 0.60 0.81 0.57 1.61 Rating based on: Available Nitrogen <280 - Low; 280- 560 Medium; >560 - High Available Phosphorus <10 - Low; 10 - 25 Medium; >25 - High Available Potassium <120 - Low; 120 - 280 Medium; >280 - High. Organic carbon <0.50- Low; 0.5-0.75 Medium; > 0.75 - High



Chapter 3Page 69

B. During Post Monsoon Season, 2012 (i) Exchangeable Cations

Parameters S1 S2 S3 S5 S6 Calcium (meq/100gm)

Magnesium (meq/100gm)

Sodium (meq/100gm)

Potassium (meq/100gm)

42 (83.72)

6 (11.96)

1.96 (3.91)

0.21 (0.42)

24 (46.49)

26 (50.37)

0.85 (1.65)

0.77 (1.49)

63 (70.41)

9 (10.06)

16.62 (18.57)

0.86 (0.96)

70 (93.02)

2 (2.66)

2.73 (3.63)

0.52 (0.69)

52 (23.68)

63 (28.69)

101.24 (46.10)

3.36 (1.53)

Figures in ( ) gives the % contribution of the respective ions to Base Saturation. (ii) Soil micronutrients

Parameters S1 S2 S3 S5 S6 Copper 0.56 1.28 1.69 1.30 1.34 Zinc 0.36 0.41 0.43 0.73 0.89 Iron 6.40 11.27 4.17 13.68 7.70 Manganese 3.66 6.90 3.23 5.31 3.96 Values in mg/ kg

The above results show that in four of the five tested soil samples calcium and magnesium constitute bulk of the exchangeable cations whereas proportion of exchangeable sodium and potassium were low. In one of the samples, collected in proximity to a marshy area influenced by tidal waters, sodium is dominant.

Soil micro-nutrients also play an important role in plant growth and can act as limiting nutrients. Soil micro-nutrient analysis can be employed as a diagnostic tool for predicting the possibility of deficiency of a nutrient and the profitability of its application. For this, it is essential to fix the critical limits. The critical limit of micro-nutrient in a soil is that content of extractable nutrient at or below which plantation practised on it will produce a positive response to its application. The critical limits of copper, zinc and iron are 0.20-0.66 mg/kg, 0.50-0.65 mg/kg and 4.5-6.0 mg/kg respectively. Excess of one more micro-nutrients can slow down the uptake of other micro-nutrients due to the antagonistic effect. Excess of copper affects uptake of Molybdenum, another micro-nutrient. Excess of Zinc, Manganese and Copper affect Iron uptake. Excess Iron, Copper and Zinc affect Manganese uptake. This can improve soil fertility by neutralizing the effect of some excess micro-nutrients or can reduce soil fertility by blocking uptake of critically needed micro-nutrients. From the above Table it can be seen that in four of the five samples, copper



Chapter 3Page 70

and iron levels are higher than the critical limits. Zinc levels are in excess two samples while in three samples zinc levels are below the critical limits.

Along with sea water samples, samples of marine sediments were also collected during October and November, 2011 for physico-chemical analysis. The results are given in Table 3.25.

Table 3.25: Results of Physico-Chemical Analysis of Marine Sediments SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 Sl.

No. Parameter

Oct. Nov. Oct. Nov. Oct. Nov. Oct. Nov. 1 Texture Sand Sand Loamy

Sand Loamy Sand

Sand Sand Sandy clay loam

Sandy clay loam

2 Poly nuclear aromatic hydrocarbons, mg/kg

Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

3 Phosphorus, mg/kg Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 0.26 4 Organic Carbon, % 0.21 0.38 0.29 0.21 0.41 0.47 0.12 0.39 5 Chromium, mg/kg Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 6 Nickel, mg/kg Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 7 Zinc, mg/kg 0.15 0.23 0.04 0.16 Nil 0.26 0.09 0.19 8 Lead, mg/kg Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 9 Copper, mg/kg 0.46 1.10 0.15 0.54 0.92 1.40 1.80 0.15 10 Cadmium, mg/kg Nil 0.011 Nil 0.018 Nil 0.028 0.09 0.038 11 Mercury, mg/kg Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 12 Arsenic, mg/kg Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

From the above table it can be seen, that the sediments are mostly made up of sand. There are no signs of pollution of marine sediments in the project area.

3.4.5 Ecology

The study area is located on the northern shore of the Gulf of Kutch. There are some major conservation areas in the region. However, these conservation areas are at a distance from the proposed project site. The distance of the conservation areas from the proposed project site are given in Table 3.26 and illustrated in Fig. 3.3.

Table 3.26: Distance of locations of sanctuaries from the area of APSEZL Name of Conservation Area Distance (km) Direction

Marine Sanctuary 28 Km South Marine National Park 33 Km South-West & South-East Wild Ass Sanctuary 35 Km East-North-East Flamingo Sanctuary 53 Km North-East Chainkara Sanctuary 95 Km North-West



Chapter 3Page 71

Fig. 3.3: Location of Conservation Areas Relative to Mundra SEZ

3.4.5.1 Terrestrial Ecology

The entire study is rural. The landward part of study area consists of agricultural land, waste / barren lands, rural settlements, tidal creeks and mud flats. Due to low rainfall and poor soil cover, most of the vegetation is xerophytic.

Project Area Flora

The project site consists of a narrow strip of beach and area reclaimed from the sea by dumping dredge spoils. On the beach the, the only vegetation is some clumps of grass (see Photo 3.1).

Photo 3.1: Beach Vegetation in the Project Area



Chapter 3Page 72

Project Area Fauna

The project site is located on remote beach with sparse vegetation. During day-time fresh spoor of jackals, foxes and mongoose were observed in the project area. The fauna found in the project site are listed in Table 3.27.

Table 3.27: Fauna Found in Project Site Sl. No.

Common Name Scientific Name Schedule of Wild Life Protection Act in Which Listed

Mammals 1. Common Mongoose Herpestres edwardsii IV 2. Jackal Canis aureus II 3. Indian Fox Vulpes bengalensis II

Birds 1 Desert Wheat-eater Oenanthe deserti IV 2 Crested Lark Galerida cristata IV 3 Malabar Crested Lark Galerida malabarica IV 4 Ashy Crowned Finch Lark Eremopterix grisea IV 5 Sand Lark Calandrella raytal IV 6 Red Wattled Lapwing Vannelus indica IV 7 Indian Reef Heron Egretta gularis IV 8 Whimbrel Numenius phaeopus IV 9 Common Sandpiper Tringa hypoleucos IV 10 Terns Sterna spp. IV

Study Area

The study area comprises of agricultural land, barren / waste land, grazing land, scrub vegetation, salt pans, tidal creeks & mud flats and rural settlements.

The plants found in the study area are listed in Table 3.28.

Table 3.28: List of Plants Found in the Study Area Sl. No. Scientific Name Local Name Habit Family

1. Abutilon fruticosum Saneri dabariar Under-shrub Malvaceae

2. Abutilon indicum Khapato, Dabaliar Under-shrub Malvaceae

3. Acacia leucophloea Hirmo, Haramu Tree Mimosaceae

4. Acacia nilotica Deshi Bhaval, Bavar Tree Mimosaceae

5. Acacia Senegal Kher, Kherio, Garad Tree Mimosaceae

6. Acacia fortalis Israil Baval Tree Mimosaceae

7. Aclypha ciliate Char dadar jo zad Herb Euphorbiaceae

8. Achyranthes aspera Agado, Kandhero Herb Amaranthaceae

9. Aelurops lagopides Kharo ga Grass Poaceae

10. Aerva persica Bou, Bour Herb Amaranthaceae

11. Aerva pseudotomentosa Sane panjo bur Herb Amaranthaceae



Chapter 3Page 73

Sl. No. Scientific Name Local Name Habit Family

12. Apluda mutica Fulari ga Grass Poaceae

13. Aristida adscensionis Jandhar lambha ga Grass Poaceae

14. Aristida funiculate Laso lambh Grass Poaceae

15. Asparagus dumosus - Under-shrub Liliaceae

16. Avicennia marina Cheria Shrub Avicenniaceae

17. Azadirachta indica Neem Tree Meliaceae

18. Blainvillea acmella Tal Bhangro Herb Asteraceae

19. Belapharis maderaspatensis Uti gan Herb Acanthaceae

20. Belapharis repens Sane panjo kandho Herb Acanthaceae

21. Belapharis sindica Ubhero kandho Herb Acanthaceae

22. Blumea lacera Piro fulavo Herb Asteraceae

23. Boerhavia diffusa Rati, Satodi Herb Nyctaginaceae

24. Cadaba fruticosa Karo-pijaro Straggling shrub Capparaceae

25. Calotropis gigantean Akado Shrub Asclepiadaceae

26. Capparis deciduas Kar jo zad Under shrub Capparaceae

27. Cardiospermum halicacabum Tridhari val, Popti Herb Sapindaceae

28. Cassia angustifolia Son makai Shrub Caesalpiniaceae

29. Cassia auriculata Avar Shrub Caesalpiniaceae

30. Cassia italic Mindhiavar Herb Caesalpiniaceae

31. Cayratia carnosa Khatumvadi ji val Climber Vitaceae

32. Cenchus biflorus Dhaman gha Grass Poaceae

33. Cenchus setigerus Anjaniyo Grass Poaceae

34. Ceriops tagal Shrub Rhizophoraceae

35. Chloris barbata Rusad gha Grass Poaceae

36. Chloris varigata Punjaniu ga Grass Poaceae

37. Citrullus colocynthis Tru val, Tru deda Climber Cucurbitaceae

38. Cleome viscose Beddhro Herb Capparaceae

39. Coccinia grandis Tindora Climber Cucurbitaceae

40. Cocculus hirsutus Vagval, Asipal Straggling shrub Menispermaceae

41. Commicarpus verticillatus Dhokariyar Herb Nyctaginaceae

42. Commiphora wightii Gugar Small tree Burseraceae

43. Convolvulus arvensis Neri val Herb Convolvulaceae

44. Convolvulus auricomus Rushad neri val Climbing Herb Convolvulaceae

45. Convolvulus microphyllus Mankhani Herb Convolvulaceae

46. Corchorus depressus Mundheri Herb Tiliaceae

47. Chorchorus tridens - Herb Tiliaceae

48. Cordia gharaf Liyar, Desi gunda Tree Ehretiaceae

49. Cordia perrottetii Jangli Gundi Tree Ehretiaceae

50. Cressa cretica Oin, Bukan Herb Convolvulaceae

51. Ctenolepis cerasiformis Dad vel Climber Cucurbitaceae

52. Cucumis callosus Kotimbiyal Climber Cucurbitaceae



Chapter 3Page 74


53. Cymbopogon jwarancusa - Grass Poaceae

54. Cymbopogon martini Rosha gha Grass Poaceae

55. Cyperus alopecuroides - Sedge Cyperaceae

56. Cyperus atkinsonii - Sedge Cyperaceae

57. Dactyliandra welwitschii Dad val Climber Cucurbitaceae

58. Dactyloctenium aegypticum Kagatango gha Grass Poaceae

59. Dactyloctenium sindicum Chund gha Grass Poaceae

60. Dalechampia scandens Char val Climber Euphorbiaceae

61. Desmostachya bipinnata Darab gha Grass Poaceae

62. Digitaria pennata - Grass Poaceae

63. Echinchloa colonum Samu Grass Poaceae

64. Elusine compressa Gandhiro gha Grass Poaceae

65. Elusine indica Adbau madanu Grass Poaceae

66. Enicostema axillare Mamej Herb Gentinaceae

67. Eragrostis ciliare Fuliyu gha Grass Poaceae

68. Euphorbia caducifolia Thar Shrub Euphorbiaceae

69. Fagonia bruguieri Dhramau Herb Zygophyllaceae

70. Fagonia schweienfurthii Hamaso Herb Zygophyllaceae

71. Goniogyna hirta Undrakani Herb Fabaceae

72. Gossypium herbaceum Vagdau Shrub Malvaceae

73. Grewia tenax Gangiu Under-shrub Tiliaceae

74. Grewia villosa Luo Shrub Tiliaceae

75. Heliotropium bacciferum - Herb Boraginaceae

76. Heliotropium rariflorum - Herb Boraginaceae

77. Hibiscus ovalifolius Kurad val Under-shrub Malvaceae

78. Indigofera cordifolia Gadar gari Herb Fabaceae

79. Indigofera obligifolia Zeel Shrub Fabaceae

80. Ipomea nil Kari Patiyar Twiner Convolvulaceae

81. Ipomea pes-caprae Straggling herb Convolvulaceae

82. Jatropha curcas Ratan jyot Shrub Euphorbiaceae

83. Leptadenia pyrotechnica Khip Under-shrub Asclepiadaceae

84. Leptadenia reticulate Doda Twiner Asclepiadaceae

85. Leucas aspera Gumu Herb Lamiaceae

86. Leucas lavandulaefolia Sanepanjo gumu Herb Lamiaceae

87. Lycium barbatum Garothi Shrub Solanaceae

88. Maerua oblongifolia Pinjolo Woody twiner Capparaceae

89. Maytenus emarginata Vigo Tree Celastraceae

90. Panicum antidotale Gum gha Grass Poaceae

91. Penatropis spiralis Dhodheji val Twiner Asclepiadaceae

92. Periploca aphylla Rati khip Under-shrub Periplocaceae

93. Peristrophe bicalyculata Kari adhedi Herb Acanthaceae



Chapter 3Page 75


94. Phyla nodiflora Ratval Herb Verbenaceae

95. Premna resinosa Nidhi Kundher Under-shrub Verbenaceae

96. Prosopis juliflora Gando baval Shrub Mimosaceae

97. Prosopis cineara Kandhi Tree Mimosaceae

98. Pulicaria wightiana San fuladi Herb Asteraceae

99. Pupalia lappacea Ridha bhurat Under-shrub Amaranthaceae

100. Rhizophora mucronata - Tree Rhizophoraceae

101. Rhynchosia minima Sanari, Magariyal Twiner Fabaceae

102. Salicornia brachaiata - Herb Chenopodiaceae

103. Salvadora persica Khari Zar Shrub Salvadoraceae

104. Sesuvium portulacastrum - Runner Aizoaceae

105. Saueda spp. - Under-shrub Chenopodiaceae

106. Scirpus littoralis - Sedge Cyperaceae

107. Sesbania sesban Ekad Shrub Fabaceae

There is a gently undulating expanse of sandy area just beyond the project area whose vegetation consists of a few clumps of Prosopis juliflora and grasses (see Photo 3.2).

Photo 3.2: Flora of Sandy Area Close to Project Area

The vegetation of the barren lands and scrub lands consists of Acacia spp. Prosopis juliflora, Azadirachta indica and other xerophytic species, whose density depends on the soil cover. Jatropha and Calotropis are observed growing along road sides. The vegetation of the salt pans consists of small isolated patches of halophytic herbs.



Chapter 3Page 76

Photo 3.3: Scrub Forest in Northern Fringes of Study Area.

Photo 3.4: Tidal creek close to project site

The banks of the creeks and mud flats are vegetated by mangroves. The major mangroves are along the banks of the Baradimata Creek. The density of mangroves along this creek ranges between 4560 to ~ 3700 trees per ha. The trees are of stunted growth of maximum ~4 ft. in height. About 90% are Avicennia marina with a few Rhizophora mucronata (~7%) and Ceriops tagal (~3%). Scirpus littoralis and Cyperus spp. are growing along the smallest channels.

The vegetation in and around settlements consists of trees like Acacia spp., Prosopis juliflora, Azadirachta indica, shrubs, grasses etc. Many of the Azadirachta indica trees have probably been planted by local villagers. Jatropha and Calotropis are observed growing along road sides.

Fauna

The animals found in the study area are listed in Table 3.29.



Chapter 3Page 77

Table 3.29: List of Terrestrial Animals found in the Study Area Sl. No.


Mammals 1. Common Mongoose Herpestres edwardsii IV 2. Jackal Canis aureus II 3. Indian Fox Vulpes bengalensis II 4. Common house rat Rattus rattus V 5 Nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus III 6 Squirrel Funambulus pennanti IV 7 Wild Pig Sus scrofa III 8 Fulvous fruit bat Rousettus leschnaulti

Reptiles 1. Wall Lizard Hemidactylus spp. - 2. Cobra Naja naja II 3. Yellow Rat Snake Ptyas mucosus II 4. Common Skink Mabuya carinata II 5 Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor -

Birds 1 Pariah Kite Milvus migrans - 2 Common Crow Corvus splendens V 3 Grey Partridge Francolinus pondicerianus IV 4 House Sparrow Passer domesticus - 5 White Wagtail Motacilla alba IV 6 Grey Wagtail Motacilla cineara IV 7 Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius IV 8 Drongo Dicrurus adsimilis IV 9 Crow Pheasant Centropus sinensis IV 10 Blue Jay / Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis IV 11 White eared Bulbul Pycnonotus leucotis IV 12 Red Vent Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer IV 13 Koel Eudynamis scolopacea IV 14 Pegion Columba livia IV 15 Indian Ring Dove Streptopelia decacto IV 16 Red Turtle Dove Streptopelia tranquebarica IV 17 Black Winged Kite Elanus caeruleus IV 18 Jungle Babbler Turdoides striatus IV 19 Common Babbler Turdoides caudatus IV 20 Large Grey Babbler Turdoides malcolmi IV 21 Hoopoe Upupa epops IV 22 White Throated Munia Lonchura malabarica IV 23 Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicata IV 24 Ashy Wren warbler Prinia socialis IV



Chapter 3Page 78

Sl. No.


25 Franklin’s Wren warbler Prinia hodgsonii IV 26 Shikra Accipiter badius IV 27 House Swift Apus affinis IV 28 Steppe Eagle Aquila nipalensis IV 29 Grey Shrike Lanius excubitor IV 30 Bay-backed Shrike Lanius vittatus IV 31 Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis IV 32 Desert Wheat-eater Oenanthe deserti IV 33 Barn Swallow Hirindo rustica IV 34 Wire Tailed Swallow Hirundo smithii IV 35 Northern House Martin Delichon urbica IV 36 Green Bee-eater Merops orientalis IV 37 Chestnut Headed Bee-eater Merops leschenaulti IV 38 Booted Warbler Hippolais caligata IV 39 Paddyfield warbler Acrocephala agricola IV 40 Crested Lark Galerida cristata IV 41 Malabar Crested Lark Galerida malabarica IV 42 Ashy Crowned Finch Lark Eremopterix grisea IV 43 Sand Lark Calandrella raytal IV 44 Red Wattled Lapwing Vannelus indica IV 45 Black Winged Stilt Himantopus himantopus IV 46 White Breasted Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis IV 47 Intermediate Egret Egretta intermedia IV 48 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis IV 49 Little Egret Egretta garzetta IV 50 Indian Reef Heron Egretta gularis IV 51 Pond Heron Ardeola grayii IV 52 Small Indian Cormorant Phalacrocorax niger IV 53 Whimbrel Numenius phaeopus IV 54 Common Sandpiper Tringa hypoleucos IV 55 Stone Curlew Burhinus oedicnemus IV 56 Black Ibis Pseudibis papillosa IV 57 White Ibis Theskiornis aethiopica IV 58 Spoonbill Palatea leucocordia IV 59 Grey Heron Ardea cinerea IV 60 Painted Stork Mycteria leucocephala IV 61 River Tern Sterna aurantia IV 62 Little Tern Sterna albifrons IV 63 Common Tern Sterna hindo IV 64 Caspian tern Hydroprogne caspia IV



Chapter 3Page 79

Due to lack of suitable habitat diversity of mammals is low. But the diversity of birds is high, which is also helped by the fact that local villagers provide protection to wildlife.

3.4.5.2 Marine Ecology

Plankton and benthos samples were collected from the sea at four locations. Samples of beach / mud-flat fauna were collected from two locations. It may be noted that the sampling locations in the sea are those from where water and sediment samples were also collected. The sampling locations are listed in Table 3.30.

Table 3.30: Marine Ecological Sampling locations Sl. No. Location Stn. No. Distance from project area

1 Sea 0.5 km offshore SW1 5 km east 2 Mouth of Kotdi & Baradimata Creeks SW2 3 km east 3 Sea 0.5 km offshore SW3 0.5 km south 4 Sea 0.5 km offshore SW4 6.5 km west 5 Beach at project area T1 - 6 Mud flat on bank of Kotdi Creek T2 5 km northwest

Phyto-Plankton

The results of analysis of chlorophyll and phaeophytin in sea water are given in Table. 3.31. The composition of the phytoplankton community is given in Table 3.32.

Table 3.31: Chlorophyll and Phaeophytin Levels in Sea Water SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 Pigment Sample

Date S B S B S B S B 20-09-11 0.024 0.012 0.012 - 0.024 0.012 0.038 0.024 19-10-11 4.272 1.068 4.272 2.136 5.340 3.024 6.408 4.272

Chlorophyll

30-11-11 0.009 - 0.053 0.012 0.038 0.009 0.024 0.009 20-09-11 7.262 3.361 3.361 - 7.262 3.361 8.111 7.262 19-10-11 10.89 7.262 7.262 3.361 9.070 5.446 7.262 1.815

Phaeophytin

30-11-11 1.815 - 10.89 3.631 8.111 1.815 7.262 1.815 S: Surface; B: Bottom.

All values in mg/m3.



Chapter 3 Page 80

Table 3.32: Composition of Phyto-Plankton Community SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 Sample

Date Depth

Cell Count

Dominant Groups Cell Count



Dominant Groups

20-09-11 S 34 Melosira, Stauroneis, Synedra, Diatoms, Ankistrodesmus, Phormidium, Stephanodiscus, Coelospharium, Anabaena

18 Melosira, Cladophora, Ankistrodesmus, Phormidium, Scenedesmus, Nostoc, Micrasterias, Coelospharium

28 Cladophora, Diatoms, Ankistrodesmus, Anabaena, Phormidium, Stephanodiscus

19 Diatoms, Phormidium, Coelospharium, Anabaena, Euastrum, Micrasterias

S 19 Gonatozygon, Phormidium, Diatoms, Pediastrum, Nitschia

15 Nostoc, Phormidium, Diatoms

11 Diatoms, Phormidium 23 Nostoc, Anabaena, Ankistrodesmus, Diatoms

19-10-11

B 12 Diatoms, Ankistrodesmus, Nitschia, Phormidium

21 Ankistrodesmus, Diatoms, Anabaena Nostoc

8 Diatoms, Phormidium, Nitschia

18 Anabaena, Ankistrodesmus, Phormidium

S 27 Melosira, Gonatozygon, Synedra, Diatoms, Phormidium, Pediastrum, Anabaena, Coelospharium

19 Diatoms, Melosira, Nostoc, Cladophora, Synedra, Spirulina, Coelospharium

24 Diatoms, Phormidium, Nitschia, Ankistrodesmus, Gonatozygon

31 Scenedesmus, Diatoms, Phormidium, Synedra

30-11-11

B 18 Diatoms, Phormidium, Synedra, Anabaena, Ankistrodesmus

15 Diatoms, Anabaena, Phormidium, Nostoc

13 Diatoms, Pediastrum, Phormidium, Nitschia

20 Diatoms, Stephanodiscus, Spirulina, Phormidium

S: Surface; B: Bottom. All values in Nos. x 103 / l.



Chapter 3Page 81

Zoo-Plankton

Results of studies of the zoo-plankton community are given in Tables 3.33 and 3.34.

Table 3.33: Standing Stock of Zoo-Plankton SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 Sample

Date Biomass (ml/100

m3)

Population (nos./ 100 m3)

Biomass (ml/100

m3)

Population (nos/100 m3)

Biomass (ml/100

m3)

Population (nos/100 m3)

Biomass (ml/100 m3)

Population (nos/ 100 m3)

20-09-11 11.0 1512 34.0 5773 26.1 4180 16.5 2313 19-10-11 7.3 997 22.7 2902 5.2 700 10.3 1397

30-11-11 12.0 1611 18.9 4980 8.1 812 11.0 1726

Table 3.34: Composition of Zoo-Plankton Community SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 Groups

Sept. Oct. Nov. Sept. Oct. Nov. Sept. Oct. Nov. Sept. Oct. Nov.

Fish eggs - + - - + + - - - - -

Fish larvae + - + + - + + - + - -

Copepods + + + + + + + + + - + +

Amphipods + + + + + + + + - + + +

Mysids + - + + - - + - - + - -

Isopods + - - - - - + - - - - -

Nauplius larvae + - + + - - - - + - - -

Zoea Larvae + - + - - - - - - - - -

Decapod larvae - - - - - - + - - + - -

Appendicularians - - - + - + + - - + - -

Forameniferans - - - + - + - - - - + +

Ostracods - + - - - - - - - - - -

Chaetognath - - - - - - - - + - - +

+ : Present; -: Absent

Copepods and amphipods were the most common group of zoo-plankton. Larval forms of crustaceans and fishes were also present in some samples. Chaetognaths were present in only two samples and that too only in November. It may be noted that the samples were collected during day-time. During day-time, few zoo-plankton are present at or near the surface (during day-time phytoplankton are present in large numbers in shallow waters).

Benthos

Results of studies of the sub-tidal benthic community are given in Tables 3.35, and 3.36. Polychaete worms are the dominant group followed by amphipods.



Chapter 3Page 82

Table 3.35: Standing stock of Sub-tidal macro-benthos SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 Sample

Date Biomass (g/ m2)

Population (nos./ m2)

Biomass (g/ m2)


Biomass (g/ m2)


Biomass (g/ m2)


20-09-11 1.5 2800 5.5 4200 4.3 5050 - - 19-10-11 2.465 450 0.266 150 7.44 9150 10.77 450

30-11-11 19.11 500 5.52 750 18.87 950 1.25 400

Table 3.36: Composition of Sub-tidal Macro-benthic Fauna SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 Groups

Sept. Oct. Nov. Sept. Oct. Nov. Sept. Oct. Nov. Sept. Oct. Nov.

Polychaetes +

(100)

+

(44.44)

+

+

(20.24)

+

(75.0)

+ +

(24.49)

+

(2.73)

+ - - -

Nemertinians - - - - - - - +

(6.01)

- - +

(33.33)

-

Amphipods - - - +

(79.76)

- + +

(75.51)

+

(79.78)

+ - - -

Brachyurans - - - - - - - - - - +

(33.33)

+

Pelecypodes - +

(11.11)

- - - - - - - - -

Gastropods - +

(11.11)

- - - - - +

(11.77)

- - +

(22.22)

+

Bivalves - +

(33.34)

+ - +

(25.0)

+ - - - - +

(11.12)

+

Hydrozoans - - + - - - - - + - - -

+ : Present; -: Absent; Figures in ( ) give the % of the group

Examination of the project site (which is covered by sand dredged up from the nearby sea) revealed the presence of the following mollusk shells:

Gastropods: Euchelus spp., Bursa spp., Tonna spp, Phalium spp., Mitra spp., Olivia spp., Murex tribularis, Babylonia spirata, Turbinella purum, Hemifusus spp..

Bivalves : Arca spp., Chlamys spp., Spisula spp., Paphia spp., Solen spp.

Results of studies of the inter-tidal benthic community are given in Tables 3.37. Nemertinia and Polychaeta are the dominant groups. Mudskipper fishes (Periopthalmus spp.) were also seen at the edge of tidal creeks.



Chapter 3Page 83

Table 3.37: Standing stock of Inter-tidal macro-benthos T1 T2 Sample

Date Tide

Biomass (g/ m2)


Groups Present Biomass (g/ m2)


Groups Present

High 0.85 800 Polychaetes (12.5%), Nemertinia (75%), Brachyura (6.25%) Amphipods (6.25%)

0.194 300 Polychaeta (75%), Gastropoda (12.5%) Brachyura (12.5%)

19-10-11

Low 5.875 1800 Polychaetes (25%), Nemertinia (72.22%), Brachyura (2.78%)

0.266 300 Polychaeta (75%), Gastropoda (25%)

High 1.47 484 Nemertinia, Polychaeta, Gastropoda

1.26 220 Polychaeta, Bivalvia, Insect larvae

30-11-11

Low 4.79 220 Polychaeta, Hydrozoa, Brachyura

1.69 264 Polychaeta, Hydrozoa

Nekton

The nektonic species found in the area (as identified from fishermen’s catches) are as follows:

Table 3.38: Nekton Species Found in Study Area

A: In April Sea off Mundra Kotdi Creek

Fishes Anodondontostoma chacunda Arius caelatus Arius caelatus Coilia dussumieri Arius sp. Elops machnata Caranx para Gerrus lucidus Coilia dussumieri Harpodon nehereus Elops machnata Ilisha sp. Harpodon nehereus Johnius glacus Hilsa kelee Liza parsia Ilisha sp. Nematolosa nasus Johnius glacus Oligoplites spp. Johnius sp. Polynemus tetradactylus Lepturacanthus savala Pomadasys maculatum Liza carinata Liza tade Lutjanus sp. Nematolosa nasus Oligoplites spp. Opisthiotrerus tardoore Otolithoides biauritus Pampus argentatus



Chapter 3Page 84

Sea off Mundra Kotdi Creek Pampus chinensis Pellona ditchela Pomadasys maculatum Rogadius asper Saparidentex hasta Scoliodon laticaudatus Scomberomorus guttatus Secutor insidiator Sillago sihama Synaptura marinata Thryssa dussumieri Thryssa mystax Thryssa vitriostris Trichurus lepturus Valamugil seheli

Prawns Exhippolysmata ensirostris Exhippolysmata ensirostris Exopalaemon stysliferus Metapenaeus sp. Metapenaeus sp. Parapenaeopsis sculptilis Penaeus indicus Solenocera crassicornis

Others Charybdis cruciata Charybdis annulata Loligo spp. Squilla sp. Matuta planipes Neptunus pelagicus Sepia spp. Squilla sp.

B: In October Sea off Mundra Kotdi creek Baradimata Creek

Fishes Arius caelatus Anodondontostoma chacunda Anodondontostoma chacunda Arius sp. Arius sp. Arius arius

Caranx para Coilia dussumieri Arius sp.

Coilia dussumieri Johnius elongates Coilia dussumieri

Harpodon nehereus Johnius vogieri Harpodon nehereus

Hilsa kelee Harpodon nehereus Ilisha megaloptera Ilisha sp. Ilisha megaloptera Johnius glacus



Chapter 3Page 85

Sea off Mundra Kotdi creek Baradimata Creek Johnius glacus Liza macrolepis Johnius vogieri Johnius sp. Liza parsia Leiognathus daura Lepturacanthus savala Pampus argentatus Lepturacanthus savala

Liza carinata Polynemus tetradactylus Liza cavinata

Liza macrolepis Sarda orientalis Liza parsia

Liza parsia Sardinella albella Otolithes sp.

Oligoplites spp. Scomberomorus guttatus Pampus argentatus

Opisthoptrerus tardoore Trichurus lepturus Pampus chinensis

Otolithoides biauritus Trichurus savala Polynemus tetradactylus

Pampus argentatus Thryssa vitriostris Sardinella sindensis

Pampus chinensis Thryssa sp. Sillago sihama

Pellona ditchela Valamugil seheli Therapons sp.

Polynemus tetradactylus Thryssa sp.

Protonibea dicanthus Trichurus lepturus

Sardinella sp. Scoliodon laticaudatus Secutor insidiator Sillago sihama Therapon jarbua Thryssa hamiltonii Thryssa mystax Thryssa vitriostris Trichurus lepturus

Prawns Exhippolysmata ensirostris Exhippolysmata ensirostris Exhippolysmata ensirostris Metapenaeus sp. Metapenaeus sp. Exopalaemon stysliferus Parapenaeopsis sculptilis Parapenaeopsis hardwickii Metapenaeus sp. Parapenaeopsis stylifera Parapenaeopsis stylifera Penaeus sp. Penaeus sp. Solenocera crassicornis

Others Charybdis annulata Charybdis annulata Charybdis annulata Loligo spp. Charybdis cruciata Loligo spp. Matuta planipes Matuta planipes Neptunus sangulantus Neptunus sangulantus Neptunus sangulantus Sepia spp. Scylla serrata Squilla sp. Sepia spp. Squilla sp.



Chapter 3Page 86

3.5 TRAFFIC DENSITY MEASUREMENT

Traffic density analysis has been carried at two locations: At the gate of West Port and at the North Gate, which is the main SEZ gate. Monitoring was carried out on 3rd October, 2012. Traffic density was recorded at hourly intervals for 24 hours continuously by counting the numbers and types of vehicles passing through the station.

Results

The observations of traffic density analysis station are given in Table 3.39.

Table 3.39: Traffic Density A. At West Port Gate

Time 2

wheelers 3

wheelers Cars / SUV

Light Goods Vehicles

Heavy Vehicles

Non-motorised

TOTAL

0600 – 0700 hrs. 9 5 4 5 0 10 33 0700 – 0800 hrs. 7 4 9 5 7 0 33 0800 – 0900 hrs. 33 8 3 13 12 0 65 0900 – 1000 hrs. 33 3 12 16 32 0 101 1000 – 1100 hrs. 38 3 10 10 23 0 84 1100 – 1200 hrs. 13 1 21 7 26 0 70 1200 – 1300 hrs. 14 0 9 10 11 0 45 1300 – 1400 hrs. 19 0 9 15 21 0 64 1400 – 1500 hrs. 27 13 14 16 28 0 85 1500 – 1600 hrs. 41 4 20 23 22 0 119 1600 – 1700 hrs. 18 3 3 9 23 0 57 1700 – 1800 hrs. 10 4 15 12 17 0 57 1800 – 1900 hrs. 19 1 11 24 23 0 81 1900 – 2000 hrs. 10 0 6 10 9 0 36 2000 – 2100 hrs. 13 0 9 0 11 0 33 2100 – 2200 hrs. 1 0 2 0 6 0 9 2200 – 2300 hrs. 3 0 3 0 10 0 16 2300 – 0000 hrs. 0 0 4 0 6 0 10 0000 – 0100 hrs. 0 0 0 0 4 0 4 0100 – 0200 hrs. 0 0 1 0 5 0 6 0200 – 0300 hrs. 0 0 0 0 3 0 3 0300 – 0400 hrs. 0 0 0 0 6 0 6 0400 – 0500 hrs. 0 0 0 0 5 0 5 0500 – 0600 hrs. 0 0 1 1 2 0 4

TOTAL 308 54 163 176 312 10 1026



Chapter 3Page 87

B. At North Gate Time

2 wheelers

3 wheelers

Cars / SUV

Light Goods Vehicles

Heavy Vehicles

Others TOTAL

0600 – 0700 hrs. 29 19 58 3 68 0 177 0700 – 0800 hrs. 18 17 52 11 11 0 109 0800 – 0900 hrs. 34 43 71 35 53 33 269 0900 – 1000 hrs. 49 50 95 19 86 0 299 1000 – 1100 hrs. 78 46 87 32 77 0 320 1100 – 1200 hrs. 79 54 78 68 86 0 365 1200 – 1300 hrs. 53 51 53 37 74 0 268 1300 – 1400 hrs. 53 31 70 33 86 0 273 1400 – 1500 hrs. 51 28 53 19 78 0 229 1500 – 1600 hrs. 59 22 51 12 75 0 219 1600 – 1700 hrs. 36 18 32 22 46 0 154 1700 – 1800 hrs. 34 27 53 19 78 0 211 1800 – 1900 hrs. 36 16 36 35 66 0 189 1900 – 2000 hrs. 31 25 38 7 61 0 162 2000 – 2100 hrs. 45 19 52 6 96 0 218 2100 – 2200 hrs. 29 11 31 23 30 0 124 2200 – 2300 hrs. 41 6 28 4 85 0 164 2300 – 0000 hrs. 36 2 12 8 137 0 195 0000 – 0100 hrs. 14 3 11 1 67 0 96 0100 – 0200 hrs. 12 5 7 9 76 0 109 0200 – 0300 hrs. 16 0 6 0 90 0 112 0300 – 0400 hrs. 15 0 5 0 70 0 90 0400 – 0500 hrs. 16 7 8 3 80 0 114 0500 – 0600 hrs. 7 5 4 2 23 0 41

TOTAL 408 505 991 408 1699 0 4507

3.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC STUDY

The proposed ship-recycling project is expected to introduce a set of new activities, which will definitely influence socio-economic condition of the people of the area surrounding it. Such impacts may be marginal or non-marginal depending on the extent of change caused by the project to alter the existing equilibrium of the socio-economic system. The present project is likely to bring benefits for the local people. However, possibility of certain obvious hardships having social cost cannot also be ruled out.

With this background, the present socio-economic impact assessment of the project has been carried out with respect to the following objectives :

• To assess the impact of the project on the pattern of demand; • To estimate employment and income effects of the project; • To ascertain the impact of the project on the consumption behaviour; • To explore the impact of the project on educational status;



Chapter 3Page 88

• To analyse peoples' perception regarding impact of the project.

3.11.1 Brief Outline of the Study Area

As stated earlier, the study area (10 km radius area) covers ~326 sq. km around the proposed site, of which about half is within the sea.

The entire study area falls under Mundra Taluk of Kachchh district of Gujarat. Basic statistics of Mundra Taluk are given in Table 3.40.

Table 3.40: Basic statistics of Mundra Taluk Sl No Item Unit Mundra Taluk

1 Population Total Male Female

Nos. 83010

4231140699

2 Sex Ratio Female / 1000 Males 9623 SC Nos. 138394 ST Nos. 44495 Literacy rate % 53.166 Total main workers Nos. 255917 Occupational pattern of

the main work force Cultivators

Agricultural labourersHousehold industry

Others

Nos.

61458805904

159818 Marginal workers 6244

Source :Census 2001

Total population of the study area as recorded in 2001 census is 9038. The sex ratio in the study area is 984.6 females per 1000 males. SC and ST categories constitute about 15.15% and 2.69% of the population respectively. Literacy rate is poor (only 45.67%). Working population constitute 41.67% of the total population. Main and marginal workers constitute 33.93% and 7.73% of total population respectively. Details of village-wise demographic pattern of the study area are given in Table 3.41.



Chapter 3 Page 89

Table 3.41: Details of village-wise demographic pattern

Sl. No. Village

No.

of

Hou

seho

ld

Tota

l Pop

ulat

ion

Tota

l Mal

e

Tota

l Fem

ale

SC

ST

Lite

rate

Mal

e Li

tera

te

Fem

ale

Lite

rate

Illite

rate

Mal

e Ill

itera

te

Fem

ale

Illite

rate

Wor

king

Po

pula

tion

Mai

n W

orke

r

Mai

n Cu

ltiva

tor

Mai

n Ag

ri w

orke

r

Mai

n H

ouse

hold

In

dust

ry

Mai

n O

ther

s

Mar

gina

l Wor

ker

Non

Wor

king

po

pula

tion

1 Navinal 241 1146 598 548 189 98 574 352 222 572 246 326 337 482 46 66 23 347 123 602 2 Zarpara 1019 5762 2893 2869 649 86 2517 1616 901 3245 1277 1968 2471 281 78 82 43 78 72 570 3 Tunda 241 1207 607 600 68 0 558 317 241 649 290 359 605 302 85 69 1 147 35 809 4 Siracha 187 923 456 467 463 59 479 280 199 444 176 268 353 2002 956 525 2 519 469 3291 Total of study area 1688 9038 4554 4484 1369 243 4128 2565 1563 4910 1989 2921 3766 3067 1165 742 69 1091 699 5272



Chapter 3Page 90

3.11.2 Socio-economic analysis based on sample survey

3.11.2.1 Sampling Design

The study area is divided into four strata. The sample of villages from each strata as well as the respondent/house-holds within each sampled village has been selected by two-stage stratified random sampling. On the first stage; villages from each stratum are selected and on the second stage; households/ respondents are selected from sampled village by simple random sampling. From each selected village, at least two respondents are selected randomly to account intra-village variability among the respondents.

A sample of 20 respondents has been surveyed and the sample covers 109 persons.

3.11.2.2 Composition of the questionnaire

Households/respondents were interviewed with the structured questionnaire specifically designed for this study keeping in view the objectives of the study. The questionnaire consists of following major sections :

• Composition and size of family • Educational status • Homestead • Information on agricultural situation (holding size, • Land use, cropping pattern, productivity, net return etc.) • Employment (sources of employment) • Income (income from various sources • Information on family budget • Consumption and saving • Family asset base • Peoples’ willingness to use the proposed road. • Respondents' perception about the project

Survey Results: Agricultural Situation

Table 3.42 depicts the holding-size wise distribution of respondents. The table reveals that there are 80% respondents in landless category while 15% are large farmers (land holding 10 acres or more; 5% of the respondents’ land holdings are in the “Medium” category (land holding 5 – 10 acres).



Chapter 3Page 91

Table 3.42: Distribution of households by holding size Sl. No. Holding Size (Acre) Respondents ( % )

1. Landless 16 (80) 2. Marginal : <2.5 0 3. Small : 2.5 - 5.0 0 4. Medium : 5.0 - 10.0 1 (5) 5. Large : >= 10.0 3 (15) TOTAL 100.0

Working as contractors and running small business are observed to be main source of income for the people of the study area. Most land holders have sold their land to industries or other land holders and now work as contractors, industrial workers or run small businesses. The few farmers in the area grow cotton, fodder for domestic livestock and date palms.

Agriculture is characterized by mono-crop culture. About 76.0% of the Gross Cropped Area (GCA) is used for cultivation of cotton. Area for date palms is around 19% while, fodder is grown in 5% of the area. The cropping intensity is very low (about 60%).

General price level of the study area and costs of cultivation are also quite high. With rising costs of cultivation, some of the few remaining farm families are investing some part of the income from other sources e.g. service, wage labour, self-employment, small business, etc. in agriculture so as to obtain higher output.

Survey Results: Pattern of demand

The survey reveals that the respondents spend major portion of their disposable income on food items. However, people are quite exposed to consumer society and there has been a growing tendency among the respondents, of higher and higher expenditure allocation on non-food items than before. Survey Results: Consumption Behaviour

Table 3.43 presents the source-wise distribution of average family consumption. It is observed that the major portion of consumption (~55%) goes to meet the need for food items. This is followed by other expenditures (~10%). Average expenditure on education (~3.5%) is found to be quite low compared many other Indian states (8.4%). About 16.5% of the income is saved.



Chapter 3Page 92

Table 3.43 : Source-Wise Distribution of Family Consumption Food Education Clothing Medical Others Savings Total Average family consumption (%)

54.65 3.45 9.05 6.25 10.05 16.55 100

Survey Results: Educational status

The existing educational status of members of the households is depicted in Table 3.44. The table, however, reveals a moderate picture. About 15.5% and 38.5% of the members have education at primary level and middle school level respectively. In the high school and intermediate levels there are about 9.17% and 3.67% persons respectively. There are some graduates (around 3.67%). As reported by the respondents, their interest towards education has been increasing due to hope of getting jobs especially in the industries which are going to come up in and around Mundra and the industrial belt of Gandhidham-Kandla which are 60 - 70 km away

Table 3.44: Educational Status Sl. No. Level of education No of persons

1. Illiterate* 32 (29.36) 2. Primary 17 (15.60) 3. Middle schooling 42 (38.53) 4. High schooling 10 (9.17) 5 Intermediate 4 (3.67) 6. Graduation 4 (3.67)

Total 109 (100) Figures in ( ) indicate % in total number of persons. * Includes non-school going children

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental

Impacts and Mitigation Measures



Chapter 4Page 93

4.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

The identified impacts due to ship-recycling associated activities have been studied in relation to the following areas:

• Land environment • Drainage and water environment • Air environment • Noise environment • Biological environment • Occupational health • Socio-economics

4.1 LAND ENVIRONMENT

The project will require 40.7432 ha of land. Presently most of the land earmarked for the project is either intertidal or submerged. Only a small proportion is above the water level. The land for the project is being created by dumping of dredge spoils generated on account of development / expansion of West Port. The project will thus utilise otherwise barren land located adjacent to a port which handles bulk solid cargo.

4.2 SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL

The solid wastes which are likely to be produced from the proposed project are given in Table 4.1.

Table 4.1: Solid Wastes Likely to be generated from Proposed Project Waste Avg. quantity / Ship

(t) * Quantity for 40 ships

(t)

Asbestos 0.50 20

Glass wool 5.71 229

Sludge Residue and Contaminated Material 1.14 46

Plastics and Cables with Paint chips 0.06 2.5

Rubber 0.14 5.5

Fibre Glass 0.11 4.5

Rexene 0.14 6

Iron Scales 2.57 103

Chicken Mesh 0.50 20

Cardboard and Packing Material 0.10 4

Glass 0.50 20

MSW Landfill 14.29 571.5



Chapter 4Page 94

Waste Avg. quantity / Ship (t) *

Quantity for 40 ships (t)

Cement Tiles 28.57 1143

TOTAL 54.34 2174

* Computed n the basis of 350 ships’ data from Alang SRY

The wastes and the substance of concern present in them are given in Table 4.2. Table 4.2: Wastes, Substances of Concern and Disposal Options

Main items of ship Substances of concern

Appropriate Disposal Option of substances of concern

Gaseous Wastes AC Systems, Chilling systems

Refrigerants (CFCs), Ammonia

Recovery by authorized agencies

Fire fighting systems CO2 cylinders, halons Recovery by authorized agencies Cargo tanks and pipelines of oil / chemical tankers, gas carriers

Hydro-carbon gases / chemical fumes

Usually the tanks are purged with inert gas (normally nitrogen) and made gas free when the ship is still far off-shore

Liquid wastes Cargo tanks of oil tankers

Residual cargo, oily sludge

Re-use / re-refining / recycling by authorized agencies

Ballast water tanks Invasive organisms, Oil Ballast water exchange in high seas, shore based oily water treatment facilities

Bilge spaces Oil On-board or shore based oily water treatment facilities

Slop tanks of oil tankers Oil Shore based oily water treatment facilities Fuel oil, lubricants, oils Re-use / re-refining / recycling by

authorized agencies Sludge Incineration, disposal in secured land fill

Fuel tanks, Oil sumps, Hydraulic systems

Wash water Shore based oily water treatment facilities Solid Wastes

Bulk-heads (partition walls) Heat exchangers Insulated pipes, valves, gaskets

Asbestos and Asbestos Containing Material (ACM)

Re-use, Disposal in secured land fill after solidification / stabilization

Paint chips PCBs, Lead, Chromium, Copper, Tributyl tin (TBT)

Disposal in secured land fill

Electrical equipment PCBs, Lead, Beryllium, PVCs, Copper, Cadmium, Mercury, Antimony, Hexavalent Chromium, Octabromodiphenyl ether (OBDE), Tetrabromo-bisphenol A (TBBPA) etc.

Incineration at high temperature (~1650oC). Disposal in secured land fill after solidification / stabilization. Recycling of lead through authorized recyclers.

Cargo holds Residual cargo Disposal in secured land fill



Chapter 4Page 95

Main items of ship Substances of concern

Appropriate Disposal Option of substances of concern

Instruments Mercury, radioactive materials in smoke detectors

Recovery by distillation; residues disposed off in secured land fills. Radioactive sources disposed as per AERB guidelines

4.2.1 Anticipated Impacts

4.2.1.1 Asbestos and Asbestos Containing Material (ACM)

Asbestos refers to a group of minerals that occur naturally as masses of long silky fibres. Unlike most minerals, which turn into dust particles when crushed, asbestos breaks up into fine microscopic fibres. There are three main types of asbestos fibres:

1. Chrysolite (white asbestos) – fine, silky, flexible white fibres. 2. Amosite (brown asbestos) – straight, brittle, pale brown to light grey

fibres; most commonly used asbestos in thermal insulation. 3. Crocidolite (blue asbestos) – straight, blue fibres like tiny needles

Individual asbestos fibres are often mixed with materials that bind them together, forming Asbestos Containing Material (ACM). There are two kinds of ACM:

Friable ACM is any material containing >1% asbestos that, when dry, may be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by hand.

Non-friable asbestos is any material containing >1% asbestos that, when dry, may be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by hand. Non-friable asbestos is of 2 kinds: • Category I: includes asbestos containing resilient floor coverings,

packings and gaskets • Category II: includes all other non-friable ACM that is not included

in Category I.

Asbestos was widely used in construction and industry because of resistance to abrasion and corrosion, inert to acidic and alkaline solutions, stability at high temperatures, poor electrical and thermal conductivity, non-combustible and strong yet flexible. Asbestos and ACM is found on ships in many types of materials, including, but not limited to:

Bulk-head and pipe thermal insulation Bulkhead fire-shields / fireproofing Uptake space insulation Exhaust dust insulation



Chapter 4Page 96

Weld shop protectors and burn covers, blankets and any fire fighting clothing or equipment

Any other type of thermal insulating material Brake linings Steam, water and vent flange gaskets Sound damping Moulded plastic products (e.g. switch handles, clutch linings) Sealing putty Packing in shafts and valves Asbestos arc chutes in circuit breakers

When ACM is deteriorated, crushed or otherwise disturbed, asbestos fibres break up into very fine fibres and are released to the environment by either dispersing in the air, floating on water or accumulating on the ground. Because asbestos fibres are small (0.1 – 10 microns long) and light, they easily become airborne and remain so for long periods. People working in asbestos laden air inhale the fibres. Asbestos exposure during ship recycling can occur by:

Occupational exposure: Most significant asbestos inhalation occurs when workers are engaged in removing asbestos bearing thermal insulation (especially friable asbestos), handling of circuit breakers, cable, cable penetrations, removing asbestos containing floor tiles, handling & removing gaskets with piping and electrical systems as well as moulded plastic parts.

Paraoccupational exposure: Workers families may inhale asbestos fibres released by their clothes that have been in contact with ACM.

Neighbourhood exposure: People who live or work near asbestos related operations may inhale asbestos fibres that have been released into the air by these operations.

There are several types of lesions associated with asbestos inhalation – fibrosis, carcinoma and mesothelioma (cancer of mesothelial tissue e.g. pleura, peritoneum). Fibrosis is associated chronic industrial exposure to all forms for asbestos fibres. Usually 4 – 7 years chronic exposure is required to produce serious degree of fibrosis but the same can be hastened by smoking. Fibrosis causes persistent coughing, breathing trouble and impairs lung function; secondary problems can be fatal. In human beings asbestos has been known to cause cancer in lungs, pleura (outer covering of lungs) , peritoneum (lining of abdominal cavity) and even intestines. There is evidence to suggest that brief but intense asbestos inhalation can lead to mesothelioma after a latency period of up to 40 years. Asbestos inhalation causes lysis of red blood cells, cytotoxicity of pulmonary macrophages and stimulation of collagen synthesis.



Chapter 4Page 97

The Asbestos Convention, 1986 adopted by International Labour Organisation (ILO) aims to control the use of asbestos.

Article 10 of the Convention states:

“Where necessary to protect the health of workers and technically practicable, national laws or regulations shall provide for more or one of the following: (a) replacement of asbestos or of certain types of asbestos or products

containing asbestos by other materials or products or the use of alternative technology, scientifically evaluated by the competent authority as harmless or less harmful, whenever this is possible;

(b) total or partial prohibition of the use of asbestos or of certain types of asbestos or products containing asbestos in certain work processes.”

Article 11 of the Convention states:

(1) The use of crocidolite and products containing this fibre shall be prohibited.

Although some countries are yet to ratify the convention and Russia is not a member of ILO many of the major ship-building countries have ratified the convention and use of asbestos on board ships has been / is being phased out. The new regulation in SOLAS Chapter II-1 (Construction – Structure, subdivision and stability, machinery and electrical installations) prohibits the new installation of materials which contain asbestos on all ships except for:

Vanes used in rotary vane compressors and rotary vane vacuum pumps; Watertight joints and linings used for the circulation of fluids when at high temperatures (in excess of 350oC) or pressure (in excess of 7 x 106 Pa), there is a risk of fire, corrosion or toxicity; and

Supple and flexible thermal insulation assemblies used for temperatures above 1000oC.

Moreover, since use of steam propulsion in ships is now limited mostly to LNG carriers only, requirement of asbestos based thermal insulation has also reduced. Consequently, diminishing number of ships containing large quantities of asbestos are in operation or being scrapped.

In the proposed project, all forms for asbestos inhalation will be reduced to well below the threshold limits by stringent measures described under Clause 4.2.2.1.



Chapter 4Page 98

4.2.1.2 Poly Chlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)

PCBs are a group of synthetic organic chemicals that are added to electrical insulation, lubricating oils, hydraulic fluids etc. to increase their thermal stability and fire resistance and as plasticizers in paints, plastics, rubbers, sealing compositions etc. They are a series of technical mixtures containing many isomers and compounds that vary from thin coloured liquids to yellow or black resins to white crystalline solids. They vary in composition and degree of chlorination and perhaps even by batch. The empirical formula is (C12H10X)ClX. They are commonly known by their trade name Aorochlor; other trade names are also in use.

Soon after commercial production of PCBs started in 1929, widespread incidence of chloracne was observed among plant workers and in some cases among their family members also. However, these were ignored till 1966, when PCB residues were found in Baltic Sea fishes. After further investigations it was decided to carefully regulate the manufacture, use and disposal of PCBs.

The acute toxicity of PCBs is relatively low. The acute oral LD50 to mice, rats and Mallard Ducks are approximately 2000 mg/kg, 1315 – 4000 mg/kg and 2000 mg/kg respectively. PCBs are more toxic in aquatic environment. The 96 hour Threshold Limit Value (TLV) to the freshwater fish, Bluegill, is 0278 mg/l; the 336 – 1080 hour TLV to the marine fish, Pinfish is 0.005 mg/l.

Chronic exposure leads to severe acne, edema formation, microsomal enzyme induction, porphyric action, oestrogen activity and immuno-suppression. PCBs are also strong skin irritants. Areas of skin exposed to PCBs develop pimples and dark patches which grow into pustules later. PCBs attack the liver causing acute yellow atrophy. Prolonged exposure leads to nausea, weight loss, jaundice, edema, abdominal pain and fatal liver damage. PCBs are also regarded as potent carcinogens. PCBs are known to pass through the placental barrier to affect the foetus.

The primary route of movement of PCBs through the environment is via water. PCBs accumulate in fish and aquatic invertebrates at levels more than 75000 as great in water and this leads PCB contamination in carnivorous birds and mammals. PCB levels may reach even more than 106 in trophic level 4. PCBs have reduced the fertility rate in Baltic Sea seals, but Killer Whales with very high PCB accumulation in their tissues are apparently unaffected. PCBs depress the immune system in some marine mammals, which then fall victim to common diseases.



Chapter 4Page 99

PCBs may be found in a wide variety of components on ships especially older vessels. The PCB containing materials onboard ships include:

Electrical cable insulation Oil based paints Rubber and felt gaskets Thermal insulation (fiberglass, felt foam, cork) Electrical transformers Capacitors Voltage regulators, switches, reclosers, bushings, electromagnetics) Engine oil and hydraulic fluids etc.

In the proposed project, PCB containing wastes expected to be generated are paint chips, engine oil, hydraulic fluids, damaged electrical cable insulation, damaged electrical components, rubber and plastics. PCB containing wastes are classified as “Hazardous” as per the provisions of the “Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008”.

Engine oil and hydraulic fluids will be carefully collected and sold to authorized recyclers. Salvageable electrical equipment / components, which may contain PCBs to will be sold to authorized recyclers. Tarpaulin / plastic sheets will spread below the painted platings, from where paint is to be stripped prior to cutting to collect the falling paint chips. These will then be packed and disposed off as hazardous wastes. Waste electrical cable insulation and electrical components which are unsalvageable, will also be treated as hazardous wastes and disposed off accordingly. The stringent measures described under Clause 4.2.2.2 will prevent release of PCBs into the environment from the proposed project.

4.2.1.3 E-Wastes

E-wastes are likely to contain PCBs, heavy metals (Lead, Beryllium, Copper, Cadmium, Mercury, Antimony, Hexavalent Chromium), PVCs and complex organic compounds such as Octabromodiphenyl ether (OBDE), Tetrabromo-bisphenol A (TBBPA) {Refer Table 4.2}. Many of these are toxic and once they enter the food chain can have long term toxic and teratogenic effects which may be fatal.

4.2.1.4 Paint Chips

Paint chips are likely to contain heavy metals such as lead, chromium, copper, zinc & aluminium, toxic additives to inhibit marine growth and PCBs. It may be noted that the “International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships” adopted on 5th Oct., 2001 and in force since 17th Sept., 2008 prohibits the application or reapplication of organotins compounds which act as



Chapter 4Page 100

biocides in antifouling systems or the ships “shall bear a coating that forms a barrier to such compounds leaching from the underlying non-compliant anti-fouling systems”. Thus hardly any TBT containing wastes will be generated at the proposed project.

In the marine environment, most heavy metals are present in the sediments and only a small fraction is present as dissolved salts in the water. The metals are very slowly released from the sediments to the water. Heavy metals undergo bio-accumulation and bio-magnification as they are cycled through the food chain. Plants and primary consumers may not suffer any toxic effects of heavy metal uptake. But organisms at higher tropic levels invariably suffer some adverse effects which may be lethal either in the short term or in the long term.

In the proposed project, all necessary measures will be undertaken to prevent paint chips finding their way to the environment.

4.2.2 Mitigation of Impacts 4.2.2.1 Environmental Management during Asbestos & ACM Removal

and Disposal

A dedicated trained Asbestos Removal Supervisor will be appointed to oversee asbestos removal activities. In the proposed facility, there will be 10 plots. A trained Asbestos Removal Supervisor (referred as Supervisor henceforth in this Clause) may oversee asbestos removal work in more than one plot. The duties of the Supervisor shall include:

1. Setting up regulated areas / enclosures / containments around location of asbestos and ACM on board the ship, ensure their integrity and set up procedures to control entry and exit of workers from these areas.

2. Supervise all worker exposure monitoring. 3. Ensure that all workers handling asbestos use proper Personal Protective

Equipment (PPEs). The supervisor shall also ensure that these workers use the hygiene facilities and observe the decontamination procedures.

4. Ensure through on-site inspection that engineering controls are functioning properly and workers are following the prescribed work procedures.

The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standard for asbestos specifies four classes of asbestos activities {29 CFR 1915.1001(b)}. These are:

• Class I asbestos work: Activities involving removal of thermal system insulation (TSI) and sprayed-on or troweled-on or otherwise applied surfacing ACM or presumed ACM (PACM).



Chapter 4Page 101

• Class II asbestos work: Activities involving removal of ACM which is neither TSI or surfacing ACM. This includes, but not limited to, removal of asbestos containing wall board, floor tiles and construction mastics.

• Class III asbestos work: Repair and maintenance operations where ACM, including TSI, surfacing ACM and PACM, are likely to be disturbed.

• Class IV asbestos work: Repair and maintenance operations during which workers come into contact, but do not disturb ACM or PACM, and activities to clean up dust, waste, and debris resulting from Classes I, II and III activities.

In the proposed facility, Class I (activities involving removal of thermal system [TSI] insulation and sprayed-on or trowelled-on or otherwise applied surfacing ACM or presumed ACM) , Class II (Activities involving removal of ACM which is neither TSI or surfacing ACM) and Class IV (activities to clean up dust, waste, and debris resulting from Classes I, II works) asbestos works will be carried out.

The first step shall involve identification of asbestos and ACM on board the ship. A thorough inspection of the ship shall be carried out to note the presence of asbestos and ACM. The survey shall cover identification, location and quantification of Friable ACM, Category I Non-friable ACM as well as Category II Non-friable ACM.

Based on the location of asbestos and ACM on the ship, the Supervisor will set up regulated / containment areas and put up prominent and easily understood signs denoting them. Similar areas will be put up on the plots as well for dismantling sub-assemblies containing asbestos.

Since asbestos and ACM are classified as Hazardous Wastes as per “Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008” they shall be removed before Grant of Cutting Permission by Gujarat Pollution Control Board (Refer Clause 2.6.3 in Chapter 2 of this report). Workers engaged in other activities (and hence not wearing asbestos proof PPEs) may suffer Neighbourhood Exposure.

The Supervisor shall regulate the entry and exit of workers to and from the asbestos containment areas. The best operating practices to control asbestos emissions are as follows:

All asbestos and ACM have to be thoroughly wetted prior to removal. A misting unit may be used to create a highly humid atmosphere within the removal area. A highly humid atmosphere quickens the settling of airborne asbestos fibres.



Chapter 4Page 102

During removal, the Supervisor shall ensure that the dismantled material is carefully lowered to the ground, without dropping, throwing or sliding or damaging or disturbing the material.

After removal the dismantled units / sections must be collected and contained in leak proof wrapping for disposal or stripped of asbestos / ACM.

If the asbestos / ACM is stripped, the workers must: Ensure that the asbestos / ACM remains wet during stripping Use local exhaust ventilation and collection system to filter out

asbestos particles generated during stripping The system must exhibit no visible emissions to the outside air.

The regulated areas, where asbestos handling is done must meet the following requirements: The regulated areas must be marked in a manner that limits the number

of workers in the area and workers outside the area are not exposed to airborne asbestos.

Only authorized personnel are allowed to enter the area. All personnel entering the area must wear approved respirators and be

medically fit to do so. Eating, smoking, drinking or chewing paan / tobacco / gum are strictly

forbidden within the regulated area. Workers engaged in asbestos removal shall wear special protective

clothing including face masks and respirators and gloves, which they shall don and discard in special enclosures equipped with decontamination facilities. The details are discussed in Clause 4.7.2.

The asbestos handling enclosure has to be cleaned with Vacuum cleaners equipped with High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filters.

In addition, to achieve compliance with permissible exposure limits, the facility must use control methods including, but not limited to: o Local exhaust ventilation equipped with HEPA filter dust collection

systems o Ventilation of the regulated area to move contaminated air away from

the breathing zone of workers and towards a filtration system provided with HEPA filter.

To ensure that airborne asbestos does not migrate from the regulated area, attempts will be made to use critical barriers, wherein one or more layers of plastic will be used to seal all openings into a work area to prevent migration of airborne asbestos.

Sub-assemblies containing asbestos / ACM will be dismantled in a negative pressure enclosure on the plot. The enclosure will be kept at negative pressure through a ventilation room, whose outlet will have heavy duty HEPA filters. The negative pressure will ensure that no asbestos comes out.



Chapter 4Page 103

Nevertheless there will be arrangement for water sprinkling inside the enclosure. Additionally, workers engaged in dismantling asbestos / ACM inside this enclosure will wear special protective clothing and go through a three stage entry / exit process described under Clause 4.7.2.

After wetting, all asbestos containing waste material (ACWM) will be sealed in leak proof containers while still wet. For bulk wastes, that will not fit into containers without further recycling, the facility will put these wastes into leak proof wrapping, which will sealed with duct tape while still wet. If it is decided to place bulk ACWM in trailers or roll-off boxes, the trailers / boxes will be lined with plastic sheeting prior to loading. To minimize the logistics / problems of handling ACWM, efforts will be made to package as much as possible of the ACWM on board the ship itself in the regulated enclosure.

The following work practices / engineering controls shall not be used for asbestos removal work as the disturb ACM: • Use of high speed abrasive disc saws that are not equipped with point of

cut ventilator or enclosures with HEPA filtered exhaust air. • Use of compressed air for asbestos / ACM removal, unless the

compressed air is used in conjunction with an enclosed ventilation designed to capture the dust cloud created by the compressed air.

• Dry sweeping, shoveling or other dry clean up of dust and debris containing asbestos / ACM

• Employee rotation as a means of reducing individual asbestos exposure. The packaged ACWM will be transported by trucks to the authorized TSDF

facility being operated by M/S Nandesari Environment Control Ltd. (NECL). APSEZL has entered into an agreement with M/S NECL in this regard. (Refer Appendix 4.1).

All the material will be transported to the disposal site in NECL’s special vehicles.

4.2.2.2 PCBs

Wastes containing 50 mg/kg or more of PCBs are classified as “Hazardous Wastes” vide Schedule II of Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement), Rules, 2008 {Sl. No. A16 of the Schedule}. The list of PCB containing wastes has been listed earlier under Clause 4.2.1.2.

Insulation from damaged electrical cables will be stripped in a designated area which will be marked accordingly. Similarly damaged electrical equipment, which may include PCB containing components will be dismantled in the designated area.



Chapter 4Page 104

All wastes, which may contain PCBs (e.g. damaged electrical cable insulation, capacitors etc.) will be segregated and stored separately in labeled packages as specified in Rule 19 of the Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement), Rules, 2008.

The plot owners shall maintain records of generation and disposal of PCB wastes as specified in Rules 21 and 22 of the said Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement), Rules, 2008. The wastes will be transported to an authorized Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF) for hazardous wastes and disposed off as specified in Rules 20, 21 and 18 of the said rules, respectively. APSEZL has entered into an agreement with M/s NECL, who are operating such a facility, in this regard (Refer Appendix 4.1)

4.2.2.3 Paint Chips

Paint chips are likely to contain lead, chromium, zinc, copper and other heavy metals. Tarpaulin sheets will be spread below the surfaces which are to be stripped of paint prior to cutting to collect the falling paint chips. Decks where paint chips have fallen will be cleaned and the debris picked up using vacuum cleaners. The paint chips will be placed in leak proof labeled containers and stored in a designated place prior to being dispatched to the designated TSDF for hazardous wastes.

4.2.2.4 E- Wastes

Because of these the wastes will attract the provisions of Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement), Rules, 2008 and E-Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2011.

As stipulated under Rule 7 of E-Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2011, the facility shall:

1. Obtain authorization and registration from GPCB in accordance with the procedures under Rules 9 and 11 of the said Rules.

2. The dismantled material is properly stored and transported. 3. Workers engaged in dismantling and handling e-waste are issued proper

personal protective equipment (gloves, dust masks etc.) 4. The recoverable items are sold only to authorized recyclers. 5. Ensure that the non-recyclable / non-recoverable components are sent to an

authorized TSDF {in this case the TSDF being operated by M/S Nandesari Environment Control Ltd. (NECL)}.

6. File a return in Form 3 to GPCB on or before 30th June following the financial year to which the return relates.



Chapter 4Page 105

As stipulated under Rule 12 of E-Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2011, the facility shall:

1. Maintain a record of generation of e-wastes, their storage and segregation, storage and disposal (sale to authorized recycler and handing over to authorised TSDF). These records should be made available for inspection by concerned authorities.

2. Ensure that the e-wastes generated at the facility are not stored for more than one hundred and eighty days.

4.2.2.5 Other Solid Wastes

Other solid wastes which are likely to be generated are remnants of cargo, packaging material (wood, cardboard, paper), insulating material (rubber, thermocol, plastics etc.), metal chips, contaminated soil etc.

All non-hazardous non-metallic materials will be collected and stacked separately till they can be dispatched to the TSDF being operated by M/s NECL.

In spite of best efforts, the sand of the beach may be contaminated by spillages of oil / oily sludge, paint debris etc. In such cases, the contaminated sand will be scraped off and dispatched to NECL’s TSDF.

4.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT


4.3.1.1 Water resources

The proposed ship recycling facility complex shall not draw any fresh water from any nearby water body or ground water. Hence no impacts are anticipated on water resources of the area.

4.3.1.2 Water quality

The effluents which are likely to be generated from the proposed project are:

1. Ballast water (maximum 4000 t / ship). 2. Bilge water (maximum ~200 m3/ship) 3. Slops generated during washing of cargo tanks and pipelines of oil tankers 4. Oily water generated due to washing of fuel tanks prior to cutting. 5. Sewage from the facility’s offices, rest rooms and canteens (@ 80 m3/day)



Chapter 4Page 106

Impacts of Ballast Water Discharge

Empty cargo ships pump water into empty tanks to increase draft so that their propellers and rudders are effective. When taking on cargo, this water ballast is simply pumped overboard. When the ballast water is pumped overboard, the marine organisms which were present in the waters of the port of origin of the ballast water are released into the waters of the port of discharge. These marine organisms can be invasive species in the waters of the port of discharge, with disastrous effects on the local ecology.

In order to prevent the spread of invasive species, the “International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments” (BWM Convention) was adopted by International Maritime Organisation (IMO) on 13th Feb., 2004. The convention requires all ships to implement a Ballast Water and Sediments Management Plan. IMO has formulated a protocol which requires ships to change their ballast water in high seas with an efficiency of 95% volumetric exchange while transiting between ports. A system for recording the ballast water exchange has also been devised and all ships are required to maintain the same for scrutiny (Refer Appendix 4.2). Although the Convention is not yet in force as 36 countries representing 29.07% of the world shipping tonnage have ratified the same (35% required; India yet to ratify), many concerned port authorities scrutinize the records of ballast water exchange prior to discharge of ballast water in their respective ports.

In some cases ballast water may be contaminated with oil (i.e. the ballast water is “Dirty”). Discharge of oily water from ships can cause water and sediment pollution. Large concentrations of oil can lead to mortality of marine organisms. Lower concentrations, though not immediately lethal, can have long term lethal consequences due to bio-accumulation and bio-magnification.

Regulation 9 of Annex I of MARPOL 73 / 78 prohibits the discharge of oily effluent whose oil content doest not exceed 15 parts per million (ppm) without dilution. Regulation 16 of Annex I of MARPOL 73 / 78 also stipulates that all ships of more than 400 t Gross Tonnage, must have Oil Filtering systems on board.

At the proposed project necessary administrative measures will be taken to prevent the discharge of un-exchanged ballast water and oily ballast water.

Impacts of Bilge Water Discharge

The space between the floor plates of a ship’s engine room and the moulded bottom is called the bilge space. Water accumulating in the bilge space is called bilge water. The bilge water consists of stagnant dirty water and other liquids such as condensed steam,



Chapter 4Page 107

leakages from the engines’ fuel, oil, coolant and water pipelines, water seeping into the engine room through the propeller shaft glands etc. During ship scrapping, bilge water may also be generated due to accumulation of rain water (as the decks are open) and collection of water from fire lines that leak, are left open or are used to wet down compartments, water spraying during asbestos removal and metal cutting.

Bilge water may contain up very high concentrations (even >15000 mg/l) of oil. If untreated bilge water is discharged into the sea, oil slicks are formed which may be carried long distances. The oil can have short term or long term toxic effects on marine organisms, which may be fatal. If biocides are present are present in the bilge water, the problem will be intensified.

Regulation 9 of Annex I of MARPOL 73 / 78 (refer above) prohibits the discharge of oily effluents containing more than 15 ppm of oil. The above provisions do not apply to the discharge of processed bilge water from machinery spaces provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) The bilge water does not originate from cargo pump-room bilges; (b) The bilge water is not mixed with oil cargo residues; (c) The ship is proceeding en route; (d) The oil content of the effluent without dilution does not exceed 15ppm; (e) The ship has in operation oil filtering equipment complying with the

Convention (Regulation 16 [51); and (e) The filtering system is equipped with a stopping device which will ensure that

the discharge is automatically stopped when the oil content of the effluent exceeds 15ppm.

At the proposed project, all necessary measures will be undertaken to prevent the discharge of untreated bilge water.

Impacts of Slops and Other Oil Water Discharges

Oil tankers and bulk liquid cargo carriers periodically need to wash their cargo tanks. Obviously the wash waters contain large concentrations of oil and other chemicals. This water is called slop water or simply “slops”. International regulations forbid the discharge of untreated slops into the sea. If the slops cannot be discharged to shore based treatment plants, they are stored onboard in dedicated tanks called slop tank(s) till they can be discharged to shore based treatment plants. Ships also need to periodically wash their fuel tanks and pipelines. The wash waters contain high concentrations of oil & grease and since their direct discharge will lead to oil pollution, they are either routed to treatment plants (either on board or shore based) or pumped to the slop tanks.



Chapter 4Page 108

At the proposed project, ships’ fuel tanks, ballast tanks, bilge spaces and tankers’ cargo tanks, slop tanks and pipelines will be cleaned prior to cutting. Necessary measures will be undertaken to prevent oil pollution on account of discharge of oil laden waters.

4.3.2 Mitigation measures

Ballast Water Management

In the proposed project, to prevent the introduction of invasive marine organisms into Indian coastal waters, the Ballast Water Handling Logs / Exchange Reporting Forms will be scrutinized prior to grant of beaching permission. Beaching permission will be granted after ensuring that ballast water has been completely exchanged in high seas outside Indian waters.

In some cases ballast water may be contaminated with oil (i.e. the ballast water is “Dirty”). Regulation 9 of Annex I of MARPOL 73 / 78 prohibits the discharge of oily effluent containing >15 ppm oil without dilution. Therefore all ballast water has to be sampled for oil content prior to taking a decision on grant of beaching permission.

If a ship is found to be containing dirty ballast, the ballast has to be cleaned on board prior to grant of beaching permission. However it must be noted that some of the ships brought to the proposed project may not have all equipment on board fully serviceable (as the ships are no longer economical to repair and / or operate). In cases, where the oily water filtration systems on board are found to be not fully operable, the concerned authorities will make a note of the same and issue orders that the ballast water should not be pumped out in to the sea. After the ship has been raised to dry land, pipelines will be laid from the ship to shore based storage tanks, and the ballast water will be pumped to the same. From the storage tanks, the ballast water will be taken by tankers to oily water treatment facilities of M/S NECL.

Sediments of ballast water tanks may contain eggs / larval forms / dormant forms of invasive organisms. Therefore ballast water tanks will be thoroughly washed and the wash water will be disposed off to M/s NECL’s facilities.

Bilge Water Management

The bilge water will be filtered in the onboard systems prior to grounding. In case, the onboard oil filtration systems are not fully operable, the concerned authorities will make a note of the same and issue orders that the bilge water should not be pumped out without prior permission. After the ship has been raised to dry land, pipelines will be laid from the ship to shore based storage tanks, and the bilge water will be pumped to the



Chapter 4Page 109

same. From the storage tanks, the bilge water will be taken by tankers to oily water treatment facilities of M/S NECL.

Slop Water Management

Slop water is generated on board oil tankers (crude as well as product) on account of washing of cargo tanks. Obviously the water is expected to contain large concentration of oil. The water will be managed as described above for dirty ballast water and bilge water.

Fuel Tank Wash Water Management

Oily waste water and oily sludge is likely to be generated on account of cleaning of ships’ fuel tanks, oil sumps and pipelines prior to cutting.

Nowadays most ships have compression ignition engines. Only LNG carriers and warships have steam turbine or gas turbine engines. Most ships’ use two kinds of fuels; furnace oil (= Bunker C Oil, Heavy Fuel Oil, Residual Fuel Oil No. 6 etc.) or diesel. Diesel fuel is used only within territorial waters of certain countries where air emission regulations are stringent (e.g. in USA) and consequently only small amounts may be stored aboard ships. Mostly furnace oil (F.O.) is used.

As per Schedule II of Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement), Rules, 2008 Flammable Wastes are those wastes with Flash Point 65.6o C or below. The flash point of F.O. is 66o C and that of diesel >120 o C. Thus the contents of the fuel tanks cannot be classified as “Hazardous” and do not attract the provisions of the said rules. The residual unused fuel will be pumped out after the ship has been grounded and sold.

The sludge will be removed by scraping, wiping with absorbent material such as rags and saw dust etc. and the same will be dumped in a secured land fill.

The wash water will be taken to a shore based shore based storage tanks. From the storage tanks, the oily water will be taken by tankers to oily water treatment facilities of M/S NECL.

Sewage

Effluents from the canteen and rest areas will be diverted through drains to the green belt / plantation areas. Sanitary sewage generated in toilets will be treated in septic tanks and soak pits.



Chapter 4Page 110

Drainage arrangement

Immediately after a ship has been hauled up, a temporary sand berm will be constructed astern of the ship (i.e. between the ship and the sea) by dozers / front-end loaders. This berm will be compacted. The purpose of this berm will be to prevent any spillages of liquid effluents and storm water runoffs carrying solid debris from reaching the sea.

Storm Water management shall be carried out through a network of garland drains and settling pits. Garland drains shall be constructed on sides of the ship cutting area prior to monsoons. The garland drains will be routed to a settling pit to settle out suspended solids in the storm water. The settling pit will be a permanent structure and will also be provided with oil and grease trap. The settling pits and drains shall be cleaned periodically, especially before and during monsoons.

Machines will be washed in a designated area and the effluents will be routed through drains to a settling pit with oil & grease trap. The clarified effluents will be used for industrial purposes in the project.

4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT


At the proposed ship recycling yard, LPG will be used for gas cutting of ships @ 1140 t/yr. Other than CO2, NOx will be generated. The annual NOx generation has been estimated to be 4500 kg /yr (@ 86 g NOx/GJ) i.e. 15 kg/day. This is will be generated over a wide area and hence will be easily dispersed and diluted, more so because of prevailing high wind speeds.

HSD will also be used as fuel in diesel powered material handling equipment and vehicles. This will lead to generation of NOx. The NOx in vehicular emissions will also be emitted over a wide area and will be easily dispersed and diluted.

Thus the ambient NOx levels in ambient will virtually remain unchanged.

Fugitive dust will be generated due to handling of rusted steel plates on the beach and operation of trucks on road serving the project. Iron dust is hard and heavy. It will not spread beyond the ship recycling plots. The land of the ship-recycling area will be compacted, which will reduce fugitive dust generation. Nevertheless, a dense green belt will be developed to screen fugitive dust.

All the materials recovered during ship recycling will be despatched by trucks. Fugitive dust is likely to be generated from the roads. However, the dust



Chapter 4Page 111

generation will be minimized by having wide metalled roads which will be kept in good repair. A dense green belt will be developed along the roads to screen fugitive dust. Thus the air quality will remain virtually unchanged beyond a few m from the roads.

Ships are expected to contain ammonia and / or Chloro Fluoro Carbons (CFCs) in the refrigeration systems. Halons may be present in fire fighting systems. Ammonia is toxic and even in small quantities causes irritation in the eyes and respiratory tract. Excess exposure may be fatal. CFCs and halons are ozone depleting substances.

4.4.2 Management measures

In the study area, the existing air quality is within the norms for residential areas as specified by the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS). The proposed project is not expected to raise air pollution levels significantly.

Ammonia present in the ships’ refrigeration systems will be vented off at a distance from shore before the ships departs grounding. During ammonia venting, water will be sprayed to absorb the gas which is very highly soluble. CFCs and Halons will extracted from refrigeration / fire fighting systems by persons specifically trained and authorized to do so. The recovered material will be sold only to authorized dealers.

Fugitive dust easily settles down. Nevertheless the following measures will be undertaken:

To control dust from operations at the ship-recycling facility, water will be sprinkled to suppress fugitive dust.

To minimise dust from transport roads the road from the ship recycling yard to existing roads serving Mundra West Port will be paved road. The common vehicle parking area will also be paved. The pavement will always be kept in good repair which will not only reduce fugitive dust generation but also emissions from trucks’ engines due to lower fuel consumption.

Gaseous pollutants in the exhaust fumes generated by diesel powered machinery are minimised by ensuring vigorous maintenance adhering to stringent overhaul schedules.

All personnel engaged in performing abrasive work (e.g. stripping paint from surfaces prior to gas cutting), cleaning dusty surfaces and handling dusty material will be issued dust masks and wearing the same will be strictly enforced. (Measures for control of asbestos dust have been described separately).



Chapter 4Page 112

A dense green belt will be developed along the side of the roads to screen fugitive dust generated from the roads.

4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT


The existing noise level in the study area, as measured is 69.4 to 41.0 dB (A) during day time and 58.9 to 40.9 dB(A) at night (Refer Table 3.15, in Chapter 3). The major noise generating activity at the yard will be operation of diesel powered material handling machinery, handling of large pieces of metal (some weighing several tonnes a piece) and trucks carrying away recovered materials. At present the number of truck plying on the road is 1026 / day (Ref. Table 3.36). The increase in truck traffic will be about 175 trucks/ day (75 going to the yard, 75 returning from the yard and about 15 miscellaneous trips) i.e. the daily truck traffic will increase by ~17%. This small increase will not appreciably increase the background noise levels.

Noise level is likely to increase in the project area as the project becomes operational. In the proposed ship-recycling yard the personal exposure shall be less than 90 dB (A). Measures suggested below shall reduce the noise level.

4.5.2 Mitigation measures

Noise level shall be maintained below 90 dB (A) in work zone (for 8 hours exposure) Noise levels are expected to increase due to handling of steel scrap and use of diesel powered machinery. The following measures will be taken to reduce noise levels.

• Diesel powered machinery, which are major source of noise in scrap yards, will be properly maintained as per maintenance schedule to prevent undesirable noise. Attention shall be paid towards rigorous maintenance of the silencers of diesel engines

• Static diesel engines will be housed as far as possible (not made of sheet metals) or surrounded by baffles. Wherever possible they will be placed on vibration isolators.

• Crane operators and winch operators will be issued earmuffs. Wearing personal protective equipment will be compulsory and the Safety Department shall carry out regular inspections to this effect. Duty hours of operators of noisy machinery may be regulated to keep their noise exposure levels within limits.



Chapter 4Page 113

• 10 m wide Green belt will be developed all along the acquired land boundary to attenuate noise.

• Despatch of materials by trucks will be during day time only.

4.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT


As already indicated, project will be located mostly on barren which will be reclaimed from the sea by dumping dredge spoils. A small stretch of inter-tidal zone shall also be required for the project. The fauna found in this area has been described in Chapter 3 under Clause 3.4.5. As regards impact on wildlife is concerned, most of the wild life in the project areas and its vicinity are confined to common small species, found on the outskirts of villages in most parts of India.

The strong light in the project premises during night may cause disturbances to the fauna in the near by areas. It has been planned that all the light posts erected along the boundary of the project area will face inwards and down wards (with reflectors facing the project area and downwards), so that the light does not spread outside the project boundary.

4.6.2 Mitigation Measures

1.613 ha of plantations will be created within the initial 2 years.

Plant species suitable for plantation should not only be able to flourish in the area but must also have rapid growth rate, evergreen habit, large crown volume and small / pendulous leaves with smooth surfaces. All these traits are difficult to get in a single species. Therefore a combination of these is sought while selecting trees for green belt / vegetation cover. The green belt should be planted close to the source or to the area to be protected to optimize the attenuation within physical limitations. Plantation will serve the following purposes:

• Prevent the spread of fugitive dust generated due material handling • Attenuate noise generated by the project. • Increases green cover and improve aesthetics.

The species selected for plantation must be locally growing varieties with fast growth rate and ability to flourish even in poor quality soils. The following species are suitable for planting in the area:



Chapter 4Page 114

Casurina equisitifolia Prosopis juliflora Salvadora spp.

Saplings of Casurina and Salvadora will be planted in pits at about 2 m intervals so that the tree density is about 2500 trees per ha. Prosopis saplings will be planted at 3 – 3.5 m intervals. The pits will be filled with a mixture of good quality soil and organic manure (cow dung, agricultural waste, kitchen waste). The saplings will be planted just after the commencement of the monsoons to ensure maximum survival.

It should also be noted that APSEZL is engaged in protection of 1254 ha of mangroves in accordance with Environmental Clearance of Water Front Development Plan.

4.7 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH


The work place is divided in terms of activities e.g. dismantling, metal cutting, material removal, material sorting, loading etc. The principal occupational risks in ship recycling are:

• Failure of winches and / or air bags and / or snapping of winching lines during ship-uplift

• Asbestos exposure • Fire • Inhalation of toxic gasses • Accidents involving falling of material from height • Accidents involving fall from height • Accidents during metal cutting • Diseases due to dust inhalation • Hearing loss • Accidents involving material handling equipment

Category wise deployment of workers in hazard prone areas shall be as follows:

Sl. No.

Hazardous Operation No. of workers engaged

Duration of involvement (hrs/day)

1 Winching of ship 50 8 (not regularly) 2 Asbestos removal and handling 30 8 (not regularly) 3 Ship Cutting 250 8 4 Dismantling of detachable items 250 8 5 Material sorting loading 300 8



Chapter 4Page 115

Management Measures

Rules and Safety guidelines as stipulated in the Indian Factories Act, 1948 and Gujarat Factories Rule, 1963 will be followed.

Risk assessment will be carried out in the yard on a regular basis. The goal for each risk assessment session is to identify hazards, determine risk ratings and controls and to review the implementation of risk controls from previous risk assessment sessions.

Assessed risks and steps for prevention and control of loss / damage due to accidents shall be communicated to employees through hoardings, boards, posters and internal company communications.

Health impact assessment will be carried out through:

• Surveillance of the factors in work zones and work practices, which may affect workers’ health.

• Periodical medical examination (PME).

APSEZL already has an Occupational Health Centre (OHC) located within the port for looking after the occupational safety and health aspects of Mundra Port’s workers (Refer Photo 4.a). This OHC will look after the requirements of the proposed project also.

Photo 4.a: Occupational Health Centre, Mundra Port



Chapter 4Page 116

The OHC is functional round the clock. The OHC is headed by a Chief Medical Officer (CMO). He is assisted by three Medical Officers (MOs), who work in shifts, so that one MO is always on duty. There are fourteen male nurses and one female nurse. Four male nurses are on duty during each shift, whereas the female nurse is on duty during general shifts only. There are also three ward boys.

There are four ambulances of which two are ICUs on wheels. First Aid Centres have been established at different strategic locations. Emergency equipment is available at the OHC.

20% of the employees have received certified training in First Aid. Measures have been initiated so that all employees receive such training. Casualties receive first aid at site. If required they are shifted to the OHC. Very serious / critical cases are shifted to a super speciality hospital (Sterling Hospital) located adjacent to the Adani Port’s township. Burn cases receive treatment at the OHC and if warranted at Sterling Hospital.

All employees undergo pre-employment medical examination including mandatory HIV screening. Subsequently all employees less than 35 years age, undergo Periodical Medical Examination (PME) every alternate year. Employees more than 35 years old undergo PME every year. Employees engaged in hazardous work undergo PME twice a year regardless of age. Medical records are computerized and there is provision to maintain individual workers’ medical records for up to fifteen years after his / her retirement. The OHC has x-ray machine, ECG, spirometer and defibrillator. The OHC is equipped to undertake cardiac function tests, pulmonary function tests and eye tests with in-house resources. Audiometry tests are presently outsourced but necessary action has been initiated to carry out these tests also in-house.

Occupational health awareness campaign is conducted by in-house doctors as well as invited external experts. APSEZL has a dedicated Safety Department which functions round the clock. 24 Safety Officers have been deployed at Mundra Port and associated installations. In addition there is one Safety Manager each at Mundra Port and West Port. APSEZL is certified for ISO 9000, 14001, 18001 and 28000. Behavioural Safety Programme has been implemented from 1st August, 2012. The Safety Department has 35 multi gas meters to check for presence of inflammable and toxic gases. Noise meters and lux meters are also available. Third party monitoring of work zone dust levels is being carried out.



Chapter 4Page 117

The existing OHC and Safety Department will look after the requirements of the proposed project also for which the existing resources will be suitably augmented. At the proposed project also workers will undergo pre-employment and regular annual / bi-annual medical examination as per prevalent practices in APSEZL. Workers engaged in hazardous work will undergo PME twice a year. The frequency of the PME may be increased if so stipulated by the concerned statutory authorities.

All new recruits will be given basic training on safety before being actually send to work place. Work zone air quality & noise levels and drinking water quality will be monitored regularly. The effect of these environmental attributes on the workers health will be communicated to the workers through awareness programmes. Training on occupational safety and health will be imparted by the project’s Safety Officer, the Medical Officer and the Asbestos Removal Supervisor.

The CMO will be responsible for early identification of onset of occupational diseases and recommend necessary remedial action to prevent further damage. The Occupational Health Centre shall carry out the necessary tests to diagnose the incidence of occupational diseases / disorders.

The Safety Officer will be responsible for the purchase and issue of all personal protective equipment (PPE) e.g. shoes, helmets, various types of gloves, aprons, dust respirators, ear plugs, goggles etc. taking employee strength into consideration and distributed to both company employees and contractors’ employees. The Asbestos Removal Supervisor will be responsible for purchase and issue of PPEs to asbestos workers. Safety boots will be issued every 6 months, helmets every 3 years and other PPEs as per requirement. If any PPEs are damaged before their scheduled replacement, fresh equipment will be issued.

4.7.2.1 During Ship Uplift

During uplifting of ship, workers are at risk in case of equipment failure (air, bags, winches, winching cables.). To minimize the risk of failures, winches will be regularly serviced and thoroughly overhauled prior to being used for ship uplift. For winching of ships, cables and air bags with sufficient rated capacity (including margin of safety) for the weight of the ship to be hauled will be selected. The cables and airbags will be thoroughly examined / inspected for integrity prior to being put to use. All personnel engaged in ship uplift will be thoroughly trained in safety and a safety officer will be deployed to ensure that safety procedures are strictly followed.



Chapter 4Page 118

4.7.2.2 During Asbestos Removal and Handling

The hazards of asbestos handling have been described earlier in this Chapter under Clause 4.2.2.1.

In order to protect workers’ health, Section 41F and the Second Schedule of the Indian Factories Act, 1948 has fixed the following maximum permissible threshold limits for asbestos in work zone air:

a) Amosite : 0.5 fibre / cc * b) Chrystolite : 1.0 fibre / cc * c) Crocidolite : 0.2 fibre / cc *

* For fibres >5 µm in length and <5 µm in breadth with length: breadth ration equal to or greater than 3:1 and as determined by the membrane filter method at 4000 – 450X magnification (4 mm objective) phase contrast illumination.

The Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA) has issued a comprehensive standard for Occupational Safety and Health Standard for Shipyard Employment as regards asbestos (Ref. OSHA Standard no. 1915.1001). The same will be followed more or less in the proposed project also. These measures will ensure that the work zone air quality meets the stipulations of the Indian Factories Act, 1948.

For workers engaged in Class I asbestos work, a Decontamination Area shall be established as close as possible to the Regulated Area. It will consist of:

1. Clean Change Room 2. Shower Room 3. Equipment Room.

Fig 4.1 shows the schematic layout of an Asbestos Dismantling enclosure. The specifications of the asbestos dismantling enclosure are given in Appendix 4.3. The enclosure is kept at negative pressure through the ventilation room which has heavy duty HEPA filters. Fresh air is drawn into the enclosure through a damper valve.



Chapter 4Page 119

Fig. 4.1: Schematic Layout of Asbestos Dismantling Enclosure

Workers coming to work, will enter the Clean Change Room first, where they shall deposit their street clothing in assigned lockers. They shall put on protective clothing consisting of whole body clothing, head coverings, gloves and foot coverings and respiratory protection. The Supervisor shall inspect the workers clothing before allowing them in to the regulated area. The workers shall collect their working equipment from the Equipment Room and then proceed to the working area. Respirators have to be provided for all Class I asbestos jobs, all Class I work where the ACM is not removed in a substantially intact state and during all Class IV work performed within regulated areas where other workers are performing asbestos work requiring use of respirators. Tight fitting Powered-Air Purifying Respirators (PAPR) should be provided. It should be noted that all workers engaged in asbestos work removal work requiring use of respirators must be medically certified that he shall be able to function normally while wearing respirators.

After completion of work, the workers shall enter the Decontamination Area of Equipment Room, where they shall first vacuum themselves to remove debris and contaminants deposited on their clothing; the vacuum cleaners used for the purpose shall be provided with HEPA filters. After vacuuming themselves, the workers remove their other clothing, gloves, caps etc., but not the respirators, and deposit them in labeled impermeable containers / bags. They shall then proceed to the Shower Room for a shower before proceeding to the Clean Change Room, where they shall remove their Respirators and put on their street clothes again. All equipment and surface of containers filled with ACM must be cleaned prior to removing them from the Equipment Room. While sending the

Clean Change Room

Shower Room

Decontamination / Eqpt. Room Entry /

Exit

WORKING AREA

Ventilation Room

Engine / Machinery



Chapter 4Page 120

used clothes for cleaning and washing, they should be packed in leak-proof labeled containers; the cleaners / washers should be informed about the possible presence of asbestos on the soiled clothing and that they should take necessary protective measures. The Asbestos Removal Supervisor shall ensure that the procedures are strictly followed.

The Supervisor shall clearly demarcate all asbestos work areas in large letters in prominent colours and symbols stating “Danger”, “Keep Out”, “Entry of Authorised Personnel Only”, “Entry Without Wearing Protective Clothing and Respirators Forbidden; Can Cause Cancer”, “No Smoking”, “No Eating”, “No Paan Chewing” etc. Prominent slogans spelling out proper work practices should also be displayed in the regulated areas. The languages used must be English, Gujrati, Hindi and other languages spoken by the workers deployed in the yard.

4.7.2.3 Fire and Exposure to Fumes / Gases

Many of the basic tasks involved in ship-breaking such as cutting metal with LPG – Oxygen torches, provide an ignition source for fires. There are many combustible materials on vessels and in ship yards, including flammable fuels, cargo, wooden structures, building materials, and litter.

At the proposed project, LPG will be used for cutting of ships. Also, fuel oil, HSD and lubricating oils remaining on board the ships will be pumped out. There is also the possibility of flammable gas mixtures remaining on board in cargo tanks of tankers / gas carriers. The oxygen-enriched atmosphere in enclosed or confined spaces may cause the normally fire-resistant materials to catch fire when cutting torches are used. When fires occur, the confined or enclosed spaces of work make the escape difficult or almost impossible for the employees working in those areas. Fire in such confined or enclosed spaces may also result in atmospheres of combustible gases, toxic fumes, or oxygen-depleted air.

Workers in the ship breaking yards, therefore, face risk from fire, explosions, toxic gases, and fume that can result in burns, death, and asphyxia. Employees are also at special risk when fighting fires in ship breaking yards. Fighting fires at landside facilities in shipyards can be similar to traditional fire fighting at typical industrial manufacturing facilities. Fire fighting onboard is considerably different from structural fire fighting. When traditional structural fire fighting techniques are used on a vessel fire, the result can be ineffective and even catastrophic. The potential is much greater for serious injury to fire fighting personnel when tactics do not reflect the unique nature of fire fighting on ships. It is important for the ship breaking yards to not only have a yard-specific Fire Safety Plan but also to have fire department trained adequately to handle on-vessel fires and fire accidents occurring in confined spaces. The plan must provide for the routine



Chapter 4Page 121

inspection, maintenance, and replacement of this equipment and mandate training for new workers and refresher training for all shipyard employment workers. The plan must include procedures for the control of fire hazards, such as flammable and non-flammable compressed gases, ignition sources, combustible materials, welding and hot work operations, and must include procedures for evacuation.

At the proposed project, all tankers’ / gas carriers’ cargo tanks and pipelines will be purged with inert gas prior to the ship being allowed to be beached. Prior to cutting, Hot Work Certificate shall be obtained from the concerned authorities who shall ensure that no flammable gases or liquids are remaining on board.

On board the ships, sufficient numbers of portable fire extinguishers will be kept ready near operations involving flammable materials.

APSEZL has a dedicated Fire Fighting Department equipped with following fire fighting equipments.

• Fire Tenders – 3 Nos • Water Browsers – 8 Nos • Portable fire Pumps – 8 Nos

The Fire Fighting Department is headed by the Fire Officer. More than 120 fire crew are on duty.

APSEZL has also signed MOUs with nearby major industries (Adani Power Ltd., Tata Power Ltd., Adani Welspun Ltd. etc.) for mutual assistance for fighting. Individual plots will be provided with sufficient numbers of portable fire extinguishers. Major incidents will be dealt by APSEZL fire department.

Workers engaged in cutting cargo tanks of oil / gas / chemical tankers may be exposed to flammable and / or toxic gases. To prevent the same, all such areas shall be made gas free prior to the ship being granted permission for beaching. Hot work certificate shall also be taken as part of the prior to cutting (Refer Chapter 2, Clause 2.6.3 and Annexure 2.2) . Nevertheless, the atmosphere inside enclosed spaces shall be tested with gas meters for presence of explosive and toxic gas mixtures prior to workers entering such areas. This is especially important in cases where the spaces:

That have been sealed Spaces and adjacent spaces that contain or have contained combustible or flammable liquids or gases.

Spaces and adjacent spaces that contain or have contained corrosive / toxic / irritant solids, liquids or gases.

Spaces and adjacent spaces that have been fumigated.



Chapter 4Page 122

Confined spaces that have been freshly coated or painted.

Workers will not be allowed to work in confined spaces where the atmospheric oxygen content is less than 19.5% (by volume) or more than 22% (by volume) except for emergency rescue or for a short duration for installation of ventilation equipment necessary to start work in the space, provided:

No ignition sources are present The atmosphere in the space is monitored continuously Atmospheres at or above the Upper Explosive Limit (10% hydrocarbon content by volume) are maintained

The workers are provided with respirators and other personal protective equipment

If an enclosed space, whose atmosphere is considered unsafe, is found, the same shall be prominently labeled warning workers to stay away. The space shall be ventilated till:

Flammable vapour is maintained below 10% of lower explosive limit (1% hydrocarbon content by volume)

Toxic, corrosive or irritant vapours are maintained within permissible exposure limits and below IDLH levels.

While workers are working in enclosed spaces, heavy duty blowers shall be used to ventilate the work areas and prevent buildup of gases generated due to LPG burning.

4.7.2.4 During Ship Cutting

The process of ship cutting shall involve stripping paint from surfaces which will be cut followed by cutting with LPG-oxygen torches.

Usually paint is stripped by chipping and rubbing with wire brushes. During this process, workers are at risk on account of flying off of paint chips which may damage the eyes and inhalation of paint dust which may contain heavy metals and toxic additives. To prevent the same, workers engaged in paint chipping and cleaning will be asked to wear goggles and dust masks.

Metals will be cut with LPG-oxygen torches. During these operations workers will be at risk due to:

1. Fire and explosion 2. Exposure to very high temperatures and intense light 3. Inhalation of toxic fumes.



Chapter 4Page 123

While handling LPG, all necessary fire safety rules will be followed. All LPG and oxygen cylinders will be kept erect and shored to ensure that they remain in the erect position. Safety supervisor shall ensure the same. Workers shall use welders’ goggles / masks to protect their eyes and faces from intense heat and light. Fire-retardant gloves shall be used to protect the workers’ hands. Workers may also be issued with fire retardant suits and gas masks. The work areas shall be adequately ventilated to prevent build up of combustion gases and dissipate the heat generated due to LPG burning.

Before taking breaks and at end of shifts concerned workers shall ensure that all torches are extinguished and valves / regulators of gas cylinders turned to the “Off” position. Safety supervisor shall ensure the same.

4.7.2.5 During Dismantling of Detachable Items

All workers deployed on board the ships shall wear safety helmets. Areas below areas where dismantling work is on shall be cordoned off. Workers engaged in dismantling work shall wear safety gloves while handling heavy / sharp / breakable objects. Workers working at height shall wear full body safety harnesses and safety belts.

4.7.2.6 Material Sorting and Loading

Wearing of safety helmets will be strictly enforced amongst all personnel working on board the ships and in material handling areas. Workers engaged in handling heavy material and objects with sharp edges shall be issued safety gloves. Areas below heavy lifts shall be cordoned off. There shall be audio-visual warnings while mobile cranes are moving heavy objects. Cables, ropes and chains used for hauling / lifting will be regularly inspected and tested.

4.8 SOCIO ECONOMICS

Socio-economic survey findings and secondary data have been discussed in chapter 3 under clause 3.6, Social impact assessment is included in chapter 6 under clause 6.2 and management measures are detailed in Chapter 5.



Chapter 4Page 124

Appendix 4.1: COPY OF AGREEMENT WITH NANDESARI ENVIRONMENT CONTROL LTD.



Chapter 4Page 125

Appendix 4.2: Ballast Water Reporting Forms (IMO)

BALLAST WATER REPORTING FORM (To be provided to the Port State Authority upon request)

1. SHIP INFORMATION 2. BALLAST WATER Ship’s Name: Type: IMO Number: Specify Units: M 3, MT, LT, ST Owner: Gross Tonnage: Call Sign: Total Ballast Water on Board: Flag: Arrival Date: Agent: Last Port and Country: Arrival Port: Total Ballast Water Capacity: Next Port and Country: 3. BALLAST WATER TANKS Ballast Water Management Plan on board? YES NO Management Plan Implemented? YES NO Total number of ballast tanks on board: ________________ No. of tanks in ballast: ________________ IF NONE IN BALLAST GO TO No. 5. No. of tanks exchanged: ________________ No. of tanks not exchanged: ________________ 4. BALLAST WATER HISTORY: RECORD ALL TANKS THAT WILL BE DEBALLASTED IN PORT STATE OF ARRIVAL; IF NONE GO TO No. 5.

Tanks/ Holds

BALLAST WATER SOURCE BALLAST WATER EXCHANGE Circle one: Empty/Refill or Flow Through

BALLAST WATER DISCHARGE

(List multiple sources per

tank separately)

DATE DDMMYY

Port or Lat/Long

Volume (units)

Temp (units)

DATE DDMMYY

Endpoint Lat/Long.

Volume (units)

% Exch. Sea Hgt. (m)

DATE DDMMYY

Port or Lat/Long

Volume (units)

Salinity (units)

Ballast Water Tank Codes: Forepeak = FP, Aftpeak = AP; Double Bottom = DB; Wing = WT; Topside = TS; Cargo Hold = CH; Other = O IF EXCHANGES WERE NOT CONDUCTED, STATE OTHER CONTROL ACTION(S) TAKEN:________________________________________________ IF NONE STATE REASON WHY NOT:___________________________________________________ 5: IMO BALLAST WATER GUIDELINES ON BOARD (RES. A.868(20))? YES NO

RESPONSIBLE OFFICER’S NAME AND TITLE (PRINTED) AND SIGNATURE: ______________________________________________________________ BALLAST WATER



Chapter 4Page 126

Ship ........................................ Port of Registry ............…........... IMO number .........................

TANK LOCATION

DATE INITIAL CONTENT (tonnes)

FINAL CONTENT (tonnes)

GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION OF SHIP (Port or Lat. & Long.)

PUMPS USED, or GRAVITATE

DURATION OF OPERATION

SALINITY SIGNATURE OF OFFICER IN CHARGE

RANK

BALLAST WATER HANDLING LOG

Narrative record of events related to ballast water management on board

Ship ........................................ Port of Registry .............. ........... IMO number .........................

Record here events which are relevant to ballast management, and which will be of interest to quarantine officers, such as sediment removal during dry-dock, or tank flushing at sea. Each entry should be completed with the signature and rank of the officer making the entry.

Date Activity Comments



Chapter 4Page 127

Appendix 4.3: Specifications of Asbestos Dismantling Enclosure

Asbestos handling enclosures will be set up on board the ships as well as on the plots. The enclosures will be prepared with:

1. HDPE / leak-proof sheets as material of construction.

2. Negative air-pressure inside so that asbestos laden air does not leak out.

3. High Efficiency Particulate Air(HEPA) filters at the inlet as well as the exhaust of enclosure.

4. Two – Three door entry and exit plans.

5. Wash / bathing / shower facility at the final exit door to avoid contamination being carried out of the work place.

6. The minimum air exchange rates required for the employees to work within. (For 260 sq. feet working area, air exchange rate of >15 is to be maintained for good working of >5 persons).

7. Leak detection tests / air quality testing equipment. 8. Have arrangements for water sprinkling to wet the asbestos.

Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives



Chapter 5Page 128

5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 INTRODUCTION

Ship breaking can be carried out by several methods, which include beaching, berthing, dry-docking and lifting on to dry land by marine air bags or over a slip-way.

The method followed at the different ship breaking sites depends on availability (or non - availability) of infrastructure, geographical features (tidal range, sea currents, climate, nature of soil etc.), prevailing environmental and other legislation, skill of the available work force and economics of the operation.

5.2 METHODS OF SHIP BREAKING

5.2.1 Beaching Method

Beaching is the most common method and is widely used in most places in India, Bangladesh and Pakistan. In the beaching method, the ships are grounded in the inter-tidal zone, either under their own power or under tow, during spring tides (i.e. beached). This method requires minimum infrastructure and level of skill of the workers involved. The only infrastructure required are shore based winches, crawler cranes and other material handling equipment. The size of the ship to be cut is restrained only by the tidal range of the beach, its slope (a flat beach is suitable) and material of the beach (a beach made up of rocks or coarse sand poses problems).

After receiving statutory clearances, removal items, such as insulation, machinery, tools & tackle, electrical fixtures, furniture, fuel oil etc. (refer Table 2.3) are removed. The ships are cut into large pieces, which are dropped on the beach. These pieces, some weighing hundreds of tones, are either winched to the shore by shore based winches or carried by crawler cranes to dry land and cut up completely. As the ship is cut up the remnants (i.e. the partly cut ship) is dragged closer to the shore by shore based winches to facilitate material handling.

Prior to cutting, which is done by Oxygen-LPG or Oxygen-Acetylene torches, the surface which has to be cut is stripped of paint by rubbing with wire brushes and the paint chips fall on the beach. Other debris generated during cutting (metal scales) also fall on the beach. Debris generated during removal of detachable items fall on the ship’s decks and usually swept overboard (see Photos 5.a, 5.b) or drop on the beach, when that particular part of the ship is cut and dropped on the beach. The fallen debris / contaminants quickly mix with the mud / sand of the beach and / or are dispersed by tidal waters before they can be collected. The floating debris can be transported over long distances depending on the water currents.



Chapter 5Page 129

Photo 5.a: Ship-breaking in Inter-tidal Zone (Beaching Method)

Photo 5.b: Ship-breaking in Inter-tidal Zone (Beaching Method)

In this method, working is possible during day-light hours only as temporary power supply cables cannot be installed across long stretches of inter-tidal zone.

Transport of men and material to and from the ships is possible only during low water and this leads to lower efficiency. Material movement is also difficult as the same has to be carried out across several hundred metres of beach which may not be composed of



Chapter 5Page 130

material capable of supporting movement of heavy vehicles / equipment.

Waste waters present on board the ship and effluents generated during ship breaking are directly pumped overboard as it is very difficult to install pipelines across long stretches of beach to shore based collection and disposal systems. If there is any spillage of effluents or oil, on the beach it may not be possible to confine and collect the spilled material. Rising tidal waters enter exposed areas of the ship including bilge spaces, fuel tanks, oil sumps etc. (see Photo 5.c) and carry away oil / fuel and other solid debris. The oil slicks can travel long distances depending on the currents.

Photo 5.c: Partly Cut Ship in Inter-tidal Zone (Beaching Method)

It has been observed that the inter-tidal zone, where most of the ship breaking activity takes place in beaching method, becomes highly contaminated.

5.2.2 Berthing Method

Ships are also broken while berthed along quays (as is done at Khidderpur Docks, Kolkata). The ships are tied up along side a quay and cut up while still afloat. After removal of detachable items / material, the ship is cut using oxygen-LPG or oxygen-acetylene torches. Pieces weighing not more than ~5 t are cut and lowered on to the quay by shore based or ship-board cranes. The cutting should be carefully planned so that the floating ship does not become unbalanced and capsizes or sags or hogs. The bottom of the hull is winched on to dry land (beached) for final demolition.

This method requires availability of a quay, facilities for berthing the ship and shore based cranes and other material handling equipment. The size of the ship to be cut is restrained only by quay length and navigational restrictions, if any, for reaching the



Chapter 5Page 131

quay. Also land and infrastructure must be available for beaching the hull bottom.

Compared to the beaching method of ship-breaking the berthing method is more environment friendly. Most of the debris generated on board the ship can be collected and taken ashore for proper disposal. There is little chance of water entering exposed interiors of the ship and carrying away contaminants. Some debris does fall into the water. Ship-board effluents can be easily pumped to shore based treatment systems. If the quay is inside an enclosed dock (e.g. as in Khidderpur dock), floating booms can encircle the ship which will enable collection of any falling floating debris or spilled oil; contaminated sediments can also be dredged up and disposed off properly on shore.

Since the ship is berthed along a quay, arrangements for working even at night can be easily made. Materials removed form ships need to be transported only short distances over proper roads to material storage and sorting areas which improves efficiency and consumes less fuel (for transport vehicles). Casualty evacuation will take minimum time.

Photo 5.d: Ship-breaking at Khidderpur Dock, Kolkata by Berthing. Ship on

Left Partly Scrapped, the One on the Right Waits its Turn

5.2.3 Dry-docking Method

Ships are also broken up inside dry-docks (either graving docks or floating docks). The ship is moved inside a graving dock or a submerged floating dock and properly positioned. In case of a graving dock, the dock gates are closed and the water is pumped out. In case of a floating dock, the dock is raised, lifting the ship out of the water. Subsequently the ship is cut up as usual. In this method also round the clock working is possible. This method requires a lot of infrastructure in form of the dock and associated infrastructure and equipment. The size of the ship is also restricted by the dimensions of



Chapter 5Page 132

the dock. On the other hand this method is most environment friendly as all spillages are confined inside the dock and the spilled material can be easily collected, sorted if necessary and disposed off properly. However, it is more economical to use dry-docks for building and repairing ships rather than breaking ships. Dry-dock method of ship breaking is used only in special cases (such as nuclear powered ships, ships containing toxic residues) or if enforced by law.

Photo 5.e: Scrapping of Naval Ship in Dry-Dock

5.2.4 Air Bag Method

In the Air-Bag Method, the ship is winched onto dray land over a slipway made up of inflatable rubber bags. Once on dray land the ship is settled over a line of keel-blocks and the air bags are removed. The ship is subsequently cut up in the usual way. The details of this method have been described in Chapter 2.

This method requires considerable infrastructure (though not on the scale of dry docks) and highly skilled personnel for winching the ships on to dry land.

The biggest advantage of this method of ship breaking is that chances of water pollution are greatly reduced. Fallen debris and contaminated soil of the beach can be easily collected, sorted and disposed off properly. There is virtually no chance of tidal waters entering exposed areas of the ship and carrying away solid residues and oil. Ship-board effluents can be easily pumped out to shore based treatment and or / disposal systems. It is relatively much easier to contain and collect spilled oil and other effluents during pumping operations. Like other methods of ship breaking close to / on dry land, round the clock working and higher efficiency is attained.



Chapter 5Page 133

Photo 5.f: Decommissioned Submarine Being Raised on to Dry Land over Air Bags

for Scrapping

Photo 5.g: Passenger Being Raised on to Dry Land over Air Bags for Scrapping



Chapter 5Page 134

Photo 5.h: Passenger Ship Raised on to Dry Land over Air Bags

5.2.5 Slip-way Method

In the slip-way method also, the ship is winched on to dry land over a concrete / masonry slipway and cut up on dry land. This method is similar to that of the Air Bag method, except that instead of a slip made of air bags, the ship is winched onto dry land over a concrete slip way.

The relative merits / demerits of the different ship breaking methods are given in Table 5.1.



Chapter 5Page 135

Table 5.1: Relative Merits / Demerits of Different Ship Recycling Methods Attribute Beaching Method Dry Docking Method Berthing Method Air Bag Method Slip-way Method

Size of Ship Restricted only by tidal range at site

Restricted by dimensions and specifications of dry dock

Restricted by navigational constraints & quay length.

Restricted by load bearing capacity of air bags.

Restricted

Infrastructure Requirement

Minimum. Only mechanical material handling eqpt. reqd.

Dry dock and mechanical material handling eqpt. reqd.

Quay & mechanical handling eqpt. reqd. Land for beaching also reqd.

Winches, air bags, air compressors, keel blocks & mechanical handling eqpt. reqd.

Civil infrastructure, winches & mechanical handling eqpt. reqd.

Working efficiency

Low as mobile machinery have to be withdrawn during high tides. Working during day time only. Recovered materials have to carried / winched across hundreds of m of inter-tidal zone

Round the clock working possible. Material sorting and storage areas may be located close by.




Time required Fast Fast but less than that for beaching

Slow Fast Fast

Effect of stormy weather

Rough seas may restrict deployment of men and machines and increase pollution

No effect May have some effect No effect No effect

Pollution Potential

Maximum Minimum May be high but can be controlled to some extent

Low Low

Time for casualty evacuation

Has to wait till low tide Minimum delay Minimum delay Minimum delay Minimum delay



Chapter 5Page 136

2.7.2 Selected Method

At the proposed project, ship-breaking by beaching, by air bag method and by berthing are possible. All available berths are used for cargo handling and allied operations only and at present use of berths / quays for ship-breaking is ruled out. In the proposed project, Air Bag method has been selected over the berthing method because of its much lower pollution potential and higher efficiency.

India’s largest ship recycling yard (also the world’s largest) is located at Alang in Bhavnagar District of Gujarat. At Alang, ship recycling is carried out by the beaching method. A comparison between ship recycling at Alang SRY and that at the proposed project is given in Table. 5.2.

Table 5.2: Comparison of Pollution Potential of Ship Recycling at Alang Ship Recycling Yard vs Proposed Facility

Activity Practice at Alang At Proposed Facility

Removal of detachable items Most of the unsalvageable materials, such as pieces of thermocol, plastics, damaged fasteners broken ceramic tiles and municipal solid wastes are simply swept overboard into the sea.

The ships will be raised onto dry land prior to any dismantling. Unsalvageable solid wastes will be collected, segregated and lowered on to the dry beach and taken away for proper disposal. Cutting will be done through use of mechanical equipments which will ensure safer operations.

Handling of asbestos containing material

Asbestos cutting is done in very unscientific way and issues related to inhalation as well as carrying away of particles also takes place because of non availability of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) & changing room

Cutting will be done in a scientific way with large pieces being taken out which will reduce the generation of smaller particles and thus the possibilities of inhalation. PPEs, Changing room facility with air blower will also be provided so that particles will not contaminate outside areas.

Handling of glass wool No proper handling and because of non commercial value often it is dumped in to the sea

Proper handling will be done by segregated storage and then disposal to landfill as per prescribed procedures.

Cleaning of outer hull surface prior to cutting

Paint chips fall on the beach and mix with mud and water

Tarpaulin sheets will be spread on the dry beach below the surface being cleaned to collect the falling debris which can then be disposed off in a TSDF facility.

Cleaning of inner hull prior to cutting.

Paint chips are swept off the ship on to the beach or fall on to the beach when the ship is cut up.

The paint chips will be collected for proper disposal.



Chapter 5Page 137

Activity Practice at Alang At Proposed Facility

Sea water enters the ships and corrodes exposed steel.

Corrosion of exposed steel by sea water will not occur as the ships will be cut up on ground above the high water level.

Cutting of ships by LPG-oxygen torches

Drops of molten metal fall on the beach and mix with mud and water.

Tarpaulin sheets will be spread on the dry beach below the surface being cut to collect the falling metal which can then be sold off to scrap metal dealers.

Cutting open ballast tanks of ships

The ballast water (including dirty i.e. oily ballast water) is pumped overboard in to the sea.

Since the proposed facility is located adjacent to an existing port which has shore based treatment facilities for such oily waste waters, dirty (oily) ballast water can be pumped out from the condemned ship to these shore based treatment facilities.

Untreated bilge water which may contain > 5000 mg/l of oil & grease, flows into sea (max. quantity 250 m3/ship)

The bilge water can be pumped out from the condemned ship to the shore based treatment facilities. (It may be noted that a Khidderpur Docks, Kolkata, since ship recycling is carried out within an existing port, bilge water is pumped out of the ships being scrapped to shore based treatment facilities and there is no water pollution on account of bilge water discharge).

Tidal waters flow into the opened engine room and carry away oil & grease and other debris

Since the ships will be raised on to dry land, above the high water mark, sea water will not flow into opened up areas of the ships.

Cutting open the engine room.

Tidal waters flow into the opened fuel tanks and oil sumps and carry away residual fuel oil and sludge.

Since the ships will be raised on to dry land, above the high water mark, sea water will not flow into opened up fuel tanks of the ships.

Giving medical aid / Evacuation of injured workers.

If a worker is seriously injured on a ship during high tide, medical personnel can reach him / he can be evacuated only after the tide recedes.

The worker can be attended by medical personnel / evacuated with minimum delay.

Contamination of beach. Little can be done after the beach has been contaminated as the contaminants are dispersed by tidal waters.

The contaminated soil can be scraped off and dumped in a secured landfill.

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Programme



Chapter 6Page 138

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 INTRODUCTION

The monitoring and evaluation of the management measures envisaged are critical activities in implementation of the proposed project. Monitoring involves periodic checking to ascertain whether activities are performed according to the plan. This provides necessary feedback for project management to keep the program on schedule. The purpose of the environmental monitoring plan is to ensure that the envisaged purpose of the project is achieved and accrues desired benefit.

To ensure the effective implementation of the proposed mitigation measures, the broad objectives of monitoring plan are:

• To evaluate the performance of mitigation measures proposed in the EMP. • To evaluate the adequacy of Environmental Impact Assessment • To suggest improvements in environmental management plan, if required • To enhance environmental quality. • To implement and manage the mitigation measures defined in EMP. • To undertake compliance monitoring of the proposed project operation and

evaluation of mitigation measure.

A separate department, the “Environmental Cell” (EC) has already been formed to carry out day to day environmental monitoring/ inspection requirements at Mundra Special Economic Zone.

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES TO BE MONITORED

6.2.1 General

Several measures have been proposed in the environmental mitigation measures for mitigation of adverse environmental impacts. These shall be implemented as per proposal and monitored regularly to ensure compliance to environmental regulation and also to maintain a healthy environmental condition around the ship recycling facility.

Major part of the sampling and measurement activity shall be concerned with long term monitoring aimed at providing an early warning of any undesirable changes or trends in natural environment that could be associated with the mining activity. It is essential to determine whether the changes are in response to a cycle of climatic conditions or are due to impact of the mining and allied activities. In particular, a monitoring strategy shall be chalked out to ensure that all environmental resources, which may be subjected to contamination, are kept under review and hence monitoring of the individual elements of the environment shall be carried out. During the operational phase,



Chapter 6Page 139

Environmental Cell (EC) of APSEZL shall undertake all the monitoring work to ensure the effectiveness of environmental mitigation measures. The suggestions given in the Environmental Monitoring Programme shall be implemented by the EC by following an implementation schedule.

In case of any alarming variation in ground level concentration of pollutants in ambient air, work zone air, noise, sea water & sediments, performance of settling pits, condition of garland drains, retaining berm, etc. shall be discussed by EC with the concerned project authorities (on a monthly basis). Any variance from norms is reported for immediate rectification action at higher management level.

The environmental attributes to be monitored to ensure proper implementation and effectiveness of various mitigation measures envisaged / adopted during operation of the proposed project are described here under.

6.2.2 Meteorology and Waves & Water Currents

It is necessary to monitor the meteorological parameters regularly for assessment and interpretation of air quality data. Continuous monitoring will also help in emergency planning and disaster management. The ship recycling facility shall have a designated automatic weather monitoring station. The following data shall be recorded and archived:

- Wind speed and direction - Rainfall - Temperature and humidity - Solar Radiation

Similarly, it is necessary to monitor waves and currents regularly for assessment of sea water quality data. Continuous monitoring will also help in emergency planning and disaster management. Wave heights and periodicity and water current speed & direction will be monitored.

This monitoring of meteorological conditions, waves and currents will be undertaken jointly with adjacent Mundra West Port.

6.2.3 Ambient Air Quality

Ambient air quality shall be monitored once a month at 4 (four) locations in accordance with CPCB / GPCB guidelines. The parameters which shall be monitored are Particulate Matter, SO2 and NOx. The frequency of monitoring shall be in accordance with GPCB guidelines / directives.



Chapter 6Page 140

6.2.4 Work Zone Air Quality

Work zone air quality in the ship recycling facility shall be monitored by EC at various locations to assess the levels of particulate matters, especially asbestos fibres, NOX and SO2 in the work zone. The asbestos content will be determined by the membrane filter method at 4000 – 450X magnification (4 mm objective) phase contrast illumination as specified in The Indian Factories Act. The frequency of monitoring shall be in accordance with GPCB guidelines / directives.

6.2.5 Water and Sediment Quality

Sea water quality at varying distances and directions from the ship recycling facility will be monitored at regular intervals as per GPCB directives. Care will be taken to measure oil & grease and heavy metals (especially Lead, Chromium, Copper and Tin) content of the water. In case of any adverse trend, which may be attributable to the ship-recycling facility (e.g. oil & grease content) is noticed, immediate remedial measures shall be taken.

Along with water samples, sediment samples will be collected for chemical analysis. The hydro-carbon and heavy metal contents of all samples will be determined. Once a quarter the PCB content of the sediment samples will also be determined.

6.2.6 Effluent Quality

All ships effluents will be monitored prior to discharge. Immediately after a ship has been grounded, ballast and bilge water present on board shall undergo physico-chemical and biological analysis to determine treatment requirements, if any. It shall be determined that the effluent quality meets the standards specified in Schedule VI of The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986; in case of oil & grease, the maximum allowable concentration shall be 15 mg/l in accordance with MARPOL. If the water meets relevant standards / norms, the water will be discharged to the sea. Otherwise the water will be pumped to shore based storage tanks prior to be transported to M/s Saurashtra Enviro Project Pvt. Ltd.’s (SEPPL) TSDF at Bhachau (Refer Chapter 4). The Slops remaining on board and other effluents generated subsequently (e.g. fuel tank washings) will also be dealt with similarly.

6.2.7 Solid Wastes

Solid wastes will be classified as hazardous and non-hazardous depending on their nature or origin on board the ship. The EC will supervise the proper segregation of solid wastes, ensure that they are stacked separately, inventoried and disposed off properly as described in Chapter 4.



Chapter 6Page 141

6.2.8 Noise

Ambient noise shall be monitored at four locations all along the outer periphery of the ship recycling yard once in a month.

Noise levels shall be monitored at the source of generation in ship recycling facility. EC shall keep a record of noise levels and take necessary organizational actions like rotation of workmen, availability and use of personal protective devices etc.

6.2.9 Occupational Safety and Health

It is proposed that at the proposed ship recycling facility, pre-employment and subsequent medical examination of personnel will be carried out at APSEZL’s Occupational Health Centre (OHC) which has the necessary resources to undertake such tests. A systematic programme for medical check-up at regular intervals shall be followed for all workers to ascertain any changes in health condition due to the working conditions. In addition, workers engaged in asbestos removal work will undergo pre-employment and periodical medical examinations at regular intervals to ascertain whether they are medically fit to don the prescribed respirators.

6.2.10 Maintenance of Drainage System

The effectiveness of the drainage system depends on proper cleaning of all garland drains/catch drains. The garland drains around the ship cutting area shall be regularly checked and cleaned to ensure their effectiveness. This maintenance shall be rigorous during the monsoon season.

The berm constructed astern of the ship after the ship has been hauled out to prevent spilled effluents and storm water from flowing to the sea will be regularly inspected and if required necessary repairs shall be carried out. The inspections shall be frequent during monsoon seasons and in case of cyclone and / or heavy rain warnings.

6.2.11 Green Belt Development & Plantation

Green belt development and plantation in and around the ship-recycling facility shall continue to improve the green cover in the area. The data on area of green cover, survival rate etc shall be compiled for periodic review. The following plan shall also be made for future program:

• Annual plans for tree plantation with specific number of trees to be planted shall be made. The fulfillment of the plan will be monitored by APSEZL’s Horticulture Department every three months.



Chapter 6Page 142

• A plan for post plantation care will be reviewed in every monthly meeting. Any abnormal death rate of planted trees shall be investigated.

• Watering of the plants, manuring, weeding, hoeing will be carried out for minimum 3 years.

6.2.12 Socio-Economic Development

APSEZL’s successful CSR activities have played a significant role in the peripheral development of areas, where its existing projects are located. The proposed project will contribute towards improvement of the infra-structure & economic conditions in Mundra area leading to overall socio economic development of the region. The communities, which are likely to be benefited by the proposed project, are thus one of the key stakeholders for the project. APSEZL has planned structured interactions with the community to disseminate the measures taken by APSEZL and also to elicit suggestions for overall improvement for the development of the area.

6.3 PLANNING OF MONITORING

6.3.1 General

The target for the EC for implementing the environmental monitoring plan on a short-term basis would be to:

1. Interpret requirements of the EIA documentation into an environmental education plan;

2. Assist engineering team with the incorporation of EMP requirements in contract specifications and contract terms and conditions;

3. Undertake and/or co-ordinate all internal compliance monitoring and evaluation and external monitoring through suitable outside consulting firm;

4. Advice the management on all matters related to environmental requirements of the project;

5. Provide all necessary specialized environmental expertise as needed during the project period.

The long-term objective of EC would be to build environmental awareness and support, both within and outside the ship recycling facility. The other long-term tasks would be to develop environmental training programme for the target groups of different disciplines of the ship-recycling facility.

The environmental monitoring plan contains:

Performance indicators Environmental monitoring programme



Chapter 6Page 143

Progress of Monitoring and Reporting Arrangements Budgetary provisions Procurement Schedules

6.3.2 Performance Indicators

The physical, biological and social components identified to be particularly significant in affecting the environment at critical locations have been suggested as Performance Indicators (PIs). The performance indicators will be evaluated under two heads: a) Environmental condition indicators to determine efficiency of environmental

management measures in control of air, noise and water pollution and solid waste disposal.

b) Environmental management indicators to determine compliance with the suggested environmental management measures.

The Performance Indicators and monitoring plans will be prepared for the project for effective monitoring.

6.3.3 Environmental Monitoring Programme

The Environmental Monitoring Plan during the operational phase of the project, for each of the environmental condition indicator is given in Table 6.1.

The monitoring plan specifies: Parameters to be monitored Location of the monitoring sites Mitigation measures & cost Applicable standards Institutional responsibilities for implementation and supervision



Chapter 6Page 144

Table 6.1: - Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Issue/ Impacts Mitigation Measure

Frequency of sampling / monitoring Approximate

Location Implementation Responsibility

1. Meteorology & Physical Oceanographic attributes Through a continuously monitoring system.

Continuous Meteorology at Port Office. Physical oceanographic attributes at different locations

EC

2. Ambient Air Quality

Ambient Air Quality with respect to RPM, SO2, NOx shall be monitored.

Once in a Month 1 control station in upwind side and 7 stations in and around the project site. EC

3. Work zone Air Quality Work zone Air Quality with respect to RPM, Asbestos fibres, SO2, NOx shall be monitored

Once in a Month Asbestos at asbestos handling areas. Other parameters at representative locations.

EC. In case of asbestos, Asbestos Supervisor / OHC.

4. Ambient Noise Periodic measurement with Noise meter

Once in a Quarter At nearby villages/settlements and alongside the road EC

5. Work zone Noise levels Periodic measurement with Noise meter

Once in a Quarter At representative locations. EC / OHC

6. Surface Water and sediment Quality

Changes in surface water and sediment quality will be monitored by water and sediment analysis.

Once in a Quarter At varying distances and directions in sea depending on current EC

7. Effluent quality Quality of effluents being discharged will be monitored to prevent water pollution

As and when water is discharged from ships At outfalls EC

8. Solid Waste generation. Solid wastes will be segregated and dumped in secured land fill.

Daily inspection At material sorting and storage areas EC

9. Maintenance of Storm Water Drainage System

The drains will be periodically cleared to maintain storm water flow.

As per requirement before and during monsoon Drainage network within the plot areas. EC

10. Green Belt Green belt development Once in a quarter Plantation areas EC / HD

11. Occupational Health Health check up, Training All workers under medical checkup every year.

Ship dismantling area, material sorting and handling areas. OHC / EC



Chapter 6Page 145

Environmental Issue/ Impacts Mitigation Measure

Frequency of sampling / monitoring Approximate

Location Implementation Responsibility

12. Socio-economic Development Structured interactions with the community Once every six months Stake Holders Adani Foundation *

Note: EMP = Environmental Management Plan, EC = Environmental Cell of APSEZL; OHC = Occupational Health Centre of APSEZL; HD = Horticulture Deptt. of APSEZL; RPM = Respirable particulate matter; SO2 = Sulphur di-oxide; NOX = nitrogen oxides; Adani Foundation = Corporate Social Responsibility Deptt. of APSEZL



Chapter 6Page 146

6.3.4 Progress Monitoring and Reporting Arrangements

The rational for a reporting system is based on accountability to ensure that the measures proposed as part of the Environmental Monitoring Plan get implemented in the project. The monitoring and evaluation of the management measures are critical activities in implementation of the project. Monitoring involves periodic checking to ascertain whether activities are going according to the plans. It provides the necessary feedback for the project management to keep the programme on schedule. The rational for a reporting system is based on accountability to ensure that the measures proposed as part of Environmental Management Plan get implemented in the project. Important reports to be maintained for environmental monitoring plan are given in Table 6.2.

Table 6.2: Important reports to be maintained for Environmental Monitoring Plan Sl. No. Particulars

1. Field monitoring results for air, water, noise, meteorology & physical oceanographic attributes

2. Inspection records of solid wastes, drainage, socioeconomic development 3. Format to record /monitor plantation measures 4. Environmental and related standards/norms 5. Records pertaining to statutory consents, approvals 6. Code of actions for pollution control in defined areas 7. Records of medical examination of workers 8. Records pertaining to laboratory equipment maintenance and calibration 9. Complain register ( environmental pollution) 10. Records on water and electricity consumption 11. Periodic progress records 12. Environmental audit records 13. Records of annual budgetary requirement and allocation for pollution

control

6.3.5 Emergency Procedures

Suitable emergency procedures will be formulated and implemented during operations tackling of emergency situations arising out of the proposed operations. Procedures for the following emergency situations shall be formulated:

Equipment failure during raising of ship Fire Spillage of hazardous wastes Accidents during regular operations Possible danger due to storage of compressed gases (LPG, refrigerants) Possible danger due to spillage of fuel oil



Chapter 6Page 147

Natural disasters (earthquakes, cyclone, tsunami)

6.3.6 Budgetary Provisions for Environmental Monitoring Plan

The orders of costs are presented under various headings in Table 5.3. The updated capital cost and recurring cost (per annum) for the environmental facilities for the project works out to Rs. 41,50,000/ (Rupees Forty one lakhs and fifty thousand) and Rs. 90,00,000 (Rupees Ninety lakhs per year) respectively, based on price prevailing during first quarter of 2012.

Table 6.3: Cost of environmental protection measures (in Rs. Lakh)

Capital cost Annual recurring cost Sl. No.

Existing Proposed Existing Proposed

Pollution Control A. Water Pollution Control

Effluent Disposal Nil 0.25 Nil Included in operating cost of project

B. Air Pollution Control Air Pollution control Nil 0.25 Nil Included in operating cost

of project C. Solid Waste Management

1

Solid waste stacking area Nil 0.5 Nil Included in operating cost of project

2 Pollution Monitoring Nil 10 * Nil 40 3 Occupational Health Nil 20 Nil 40 4 Green Belt Nil 10.5 Nil Initial maintenance costs

included in Capital Costs 5 Others

• CSR Activities

Nil

Nil

Nil

10 Total Nil 41.5 Nil 90

* Procurement of additional monitoring eqpt. For environmental lab.

6.4 LABORATORY FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

The EC has a well equipped laboratory to undertake regular environmental monitoring in and around Mundra Port. The following equipment / instruments are available at the laboratory.



Chapter 6Page 148

Table 6.4: Equipment Available APSEZL’s Environmental Laboratory Sl. No.

Equipment Numbers Available

1 Respirable Dust Sampler 1

2 PM 2.5 / 10 Sampler 2

3 Spectro-photometer (Hach. Model 2800) 1

4 Ion Selective Electrodes for measuring TDS, Conductivity and Salinity (Hach. Model Sension 5)

1

5 pH Meter (Hach. Model Sension 1) 1

6 Turbidity Meter (Hach. Model 2100 Q) 1

7 Karl Fischer Titrator (Model AquaCal 50) 1

8 Flame Photometer 1 9 Stack Monitoring Kit 1 10 BOD Incubator 1

11 COD Digester 1

12 Magnetic Stirrer 1

13 Flocculator 1

14 Balance (Analytical – Electrical) 2

15 Muffle Furnaces 1

16 Autoclave 1

17 Water Distillation Apparatus 1

18 Glass Ware Lot

19 Hot Plates 2

Noise meters are available with the Occupational Health Centre of APSEZL (refer Chapter 4).

The resources of the existing laboratory will be augmented to handle the routine environmental monitoring for the proposed project. Some of the monitoring (e.g. Sampling and analysis of asbestos, PCBs) will be outsourced to specialist laboratories.

6.5 UPDATING OF EMP

The directives from GPCB, MoEF and the regulations in force at any time shall govern the periodicity of monitoring. However it is suggested that the implementation of various measures recommended in the Environmental Monitoring Programme be taken as EMPs in the ISO –14001:2000 system to effectively implement the measures for continual improvement in environmental performance. OHSAS 18001 will be implemented at the proposed project in phases.

Chapter 7: Additional Studies



Chapter 7Page 149

7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

7.1.1 During Field Study

Peoples' perception regarding the project is a very important factor because it is the people on whom the major part of the impact will occur. To this end, an opinion poll was conducted as a part of field survey. The results of this poll are furnished in Table 7.1.

Table 7.1: Peoples’ Perception Regarding the Project Sl.No. Perception No of respondents

A ADVANTAGES 1. Employment opportunity 13 ( 48.15) 2. Business opportunity 5 ( 18.52) 3. Peripheral development 4 (14.81 ) B. DISADVANTAGES 1. Pollution 4 ( 14.81) 2 Increased vehicular accidents 1 ( 3.70)

Figures in ( ) indicate % in total number of respondents

It is observed that about 48% of the respondents are optimistic about the project because of employment opportunities. About 18.5% expect increased business opportunities. About 15 % of them are hopeful about peripheral development. So far disadvantages are concerned, about 15% of the respondents are worried about the problem of pollution and damage to the environment. One respondent is apprehensive that the project will increase vehicular traffic and road accidents will increase.

APSEZL has already implemented the following general measures for the socio economic upliftment of the nearby villagers, through “Adani Foundation”, its Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) arm:



Chapter 7Page 150

Table 7.2: Year wise Expense Details - Adani Foundation, Mundra Expenditure in Lakhs of Rupees

2010 - 11

Sl. No.

Particular / Area

2008 - 09 2009 - 10 Work Done WIP

Total

Education Programmes

1 Primary Education - support to Govt. Primary Schools 7.89 12.40 26.50 12.20 58.99

2 High School Education 0.00 0.00 19.26 4.50 23.76

3 Technical Education 0.00 2.58 36.56 14.50 53.64

Sub Total 7.89 14.98 82.32 31.20 136.39 Community Health

1 Mobile Dispensary 6.81 7.09 5.40 9.80 29.10

2 Rural Clinic 2.75 1.68 3.18 4.30 11.90

3 Health Camps 0.86 5.47 7.66 6.00 19.99

4 Other Health Programmes 0.68 2.99 4.15 16.70 24.52

5 Kidney Stone Project 0.00 0.00 8.50 6.30 14.80

6 “Jalmani Project" 0.00 0.00 10.98 8.90 19.88

7 TSC Project 8.54 22.96 2.90 89.70 124.10

Sub Total 19.64 40.19 42.76 141.70 244.29 Fishermen Amenities / Programmes

1 Fishermen Amenities 0.00 12.50 35.57 66.50 114.56

2 Support for alternative Livelihood to Fishermen 112.36 30.00 96.00 13.50 251.86

3 Programme Support 0.00 0.00 2.40 12.00 14.40

4 Fishermen Aid Scheme 0.00 0.00 87.36 208.00 295.36

Sub Total 112.36 42.50 221.32 300.00 676.18 Sustainable Livelihood Development

1 Drip Irrigation Project 0.00 0.00 57.65 137.40 195.05

2 Agriculture support 0.00 0.07 0.20 25.00 25.28

3 Animal Husbandry support 1.31 24.77 143.45 42.35 211.89

4 Skill Development Initiatives 1.31 1.53 1.08 4.00 7.92

5 Village Institution Development 0.83 2.51 8.44 5.70 17.48

6 Tree Plantation & Mangroves 81.58 87.19 86.56 27.50 282.82

Sub Total 85.04 116.07 297.39 241.95 740.44 Rural Infrastructure Development

1 Check Dam & Pond Deepening 77.18 76.49 88.34 159.60 401.60

2 Rural Drainage Project 8.67 240.41 291.68 237.24 778.00

3 Village Level Infrastructure Development 406.37 51.47 45.78 200.00 703.61

Sub Total 492.22 368.36 425.79 596.84 1,883.21 Admin. & Other Expenses

1 Admin Expenses 36.05 48.03 40.96 25.00 150.04

2 Other Welfare & support Activities 1.86 0.18 25.64 36.67 64.36

Sub Total 37.91 48.21 66.60 61.67 214.39 Expenses incurred by Group Companies directly

1 Mundra Port & SEZ Ltd. & AEL 181.48 244.61 280.00 60.43 766.52 Sub Total 181.48 244.61 280.00 60.43 766.52

GRAND TOTAL 936.53 874.91 1,416.19 1,433.79 4,661.43



Chapter 7Page 151

In addition to the above APSEZL shall undertake the following for local villagers’ benefit in consultation with local administration, village panchayats and the Zilla Parishad.:

• Construction of bus-shelters • Digging / drilling of community wells / tube-wells. • Construction of community sanitary toilets • Repair of village roads • Material and monetary assistance for village schools • Material and monetary assistance for village cultural activities

7.1.2 During Environmental Public Hearing

WILL BE INCLUDED AFTER ENVIRONMENTAL PUBLIC HEARING

7.2 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

As discussed in chapter 3 (under clause 3.6) a socio-economic survey was undertaken in the study area. Survey was conducted on Composition and size of family, educational status, homestead, information on agricultural situation (holding size, Land use, cropping pattern, productivity, net return etc.), employment (sources of employment), income (income from various sources, information on family budget, Consumption and saving, family asset base, peoples’ willingness to use the proposed road, respondents' perception about the project.

Analysis of various aspects of the study amply reveals that the proposed project activities are not going to create considerable impact on the socio-economic conditions of the people in the study area. There will be no displacement of population for the project. Item-wise predicted impacts are given below:

7.2.1 Impact on Pattern of demand

With the implementation of the project and further development of the locality new type of demand pattern may emerge which is likely to place more importance on modern consumer goods and quality products. Hence, the impact of the project on the pattern of demand can be reasonably predicted as a shift from food to non-food items i.e., a consumer behaviour which may closely follow the Engel law. This is not a bad indication provided considerable income is earned by them; otherwise, if the shift is a substitution of necessary food requirements then it is not desirable in true socio-economic sense.



Chapter 7Page 152

7.2.2 Employment and Income effect

Occupational structure of the people of the study area reveals that about 45% of the village families derive their livelihood by working as contractors or running small businesses. About 25% of families derive their livelihood from wage labour and 10% from service. Only 15% of the families are dependent on agriculture. 5% are fisherfolk.

As usual during the stage of project development, substantial amount of employment and income are going to be generated. A large portion of these is likely to trickle down to the local people. Besides direct employment, the project is expected to generate substantial indirect employment in various ancillary activities such as goods transportation, trading in scrap metal and miscellaneous items recovered from ships, in small scale industrial units which will be engaged in repair and maintenance of mechanical equipment engaged in the project, businesses providing service to workers engaged in the project and truckers engaged in transporting materials to and from the project etc. It is also expected that a few industries may come up in the area which will process some of the materials recovered from scrapped ships (e.g. re-rolling mills, small foundries). The indirect employment and income effects are likely to be much larger than the direct effects of the proposed project.

Overall assessment of the employment and income effects indicates that the project has strong positive direct as well as indirect impact on employment and income generation.

7.2.3 Consumption Behaviour

To investigate the consumption behaviour of the respondents in detail, Marginal Propensity to Consume (MPC) is calculated by fitting the consumption function. The results of the regression analysis performed for fitting the consumption function are presented in Table 7.3. It is observed that the function gave uniformly good fit to data because R2 is high and parameters are also found to be statistically significant at 1% level. The MPC worked out on the basis of the fitted consumption function is 0.646.

Table 7.3: Fitted Consumption Function Regression parameters

Form of the fit a B R2

Cj = a+ b Yj + Uj

Where, C j=Consumption of jth respondent Y-Gross income of the jth respondent

12190.57 0.646

(27.4)*

0.952

Figures in ( ) indicate t-values * Significant at 1% level



Chapter 7Page 153

Attempt has been made here to work out the multiplier effect of investment on the people of the study area. The calculations are done using the following model :

Considering that the consumption behaviour of the respondents closely follows the following type of consumption function:

C = a + bY (1)

We know that, in equilibrium

Y = C + I (2)

Where, Y = Gross income C = Consumption I = Investment

Putting (1) in (2) one gets,

Y = a + bY + I => Y = [1/ (1-b)]* (a +I) (3)

Where, 1 / (1-b) is the multiplier.

Assuming that consumption behaviour of the people in the study area closely follows this fitted consumption function, one can easily see that existing size of the multiplier is 2.8. Hence, investment on this project and the consequent generation of additional income will have strong multiplier effect in raising average consumption.

7.2.4 Educational status

The project is expected to increase such aspirations by bringing opportunities of some direct & indirect employment for the local people. People are interested in getting technical education like Polytechnic, ITI, etc. as knowledge-based employment opportunities are coming up. The general awareness towards the importance of education is expected to increase further as a result of the new projects and hence, it can be said that the project has a strong positive impact on the level of education of the people of the study area.

7.2.5 Conclusions

Analysis of various aspects of the study amply reveals that the proposed project is going to create considerable impact on the socio-economic conditions of the people in the study area. On the basis of the present study the following major conclusions may be drawn :



Chapter 7Page 154

i) Economy of the study area is dominated by industry. The proposed project is not going to cause any damage to the existing rural agrarian economy of the study area, in stead it may help agriculture by way of providing supplementary income which may result in increase investment in agriculture and consequently, agricultural production.

ii) People have a tendency to allocate higher and higher amount of income on consumer goods. The project is expected to foster the existing trend of shift in the pattern of demand of the local people from food to non-food items as a result of the modernising influences.

iii) The project has strong positive employment and income effects, both direct as well as indirect.

iv) The project is going to create positive impact on consumption behaviour by way of raising average consumption level of the people of the study area and income through multiplier effect.

v) The project is likely to speed up the growing view on importance of education among the people of the study area.

vi) Peoples’ perception regarding the project, in general, is good specifically, due to the advantages of employment opportunity, business development etc. However, a few people are apprehensive about pollution.

7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk assessment has been carried out for the proposed ship recycling facility, and based on the same; disaster management plan has been prepared which is as follows:

During the operation of the proposed ship recycling facility, following risks have been identified.

1. Accidents during winching of ship on to dry land 2. Fire (oil and LPG). 3. Exposure to Asbestos 4. Spillage of oil during emptying of tanks 5. Accident at dismantling of detachable items 6. Exposure to Fumes / Gases 7. Accidents during material handling 8. Natural disasters

7.3.1 Accidents during winching of ships

Accidents during winching of ships may occur due to:



Chapter 7Page 155

• Failure of winches • Failure of airbags • Failure of winching cables • Failure of keel blocks

To prevent the same, prior to deployment of equipment the following steps will be undertaken:

1. All equipment will be selected based on the actual weight of the ship (not only the LDT, but also fuel, lubricants, consumables, any residual cargo etc. remaining on board. The selected equipment will also have at least 20 – 30% capacity in excess of the requirement.

2. The equipment selected will be visually examined for any damage. Wherever possible, mechanical or other tests will be conducted to ascertain whether the equipments actually are able to take their rated loads with something to spare.

During actual winching of ships, multiple pre-tested cables and winches will be deployed. The strain will be monitored constantly. Standby equipment will be kept ready in case any of the deployed equipment fails. Safety supervisors will be deployed at strategic / vulnerable locations to ensure that safety procedures are strictly followed.

7.3.2 Fire (Oil and LPG)

Industrial activities, which produce, treat, store and handle hazardous substances, have a high hazard potential endangering the safety of man and environment at work place and outside. Recognizing the need to control and minimize the risks posed by such activities, the Ministry of Environment & Forests have notified the “Manufacture Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules ”in the year 1989 and subsequently modified, inserted and added different clauses in the said rule to make it more stringent. For effective implementation of the rule, Ministry of Environment & Forests has provided a set of guidelines. The guidelines, in addition to other aspects, set out the duties required to be performed by the occupier along with the procedure. The rule also lists out the industrial activities and chemicals, which are required to be considered as hazardous.

The risk assessment has been made in a systematic manner covering the requirements of the above-mentioned rules. Accordingly subsequent sections have been divided as follows:

i) Applicability of the rule ii) Description of hazardous chemicals iii) Hazard identification iv) Hazard assessment v) Consequence analysis vi) Brief description of the measures taken and vii) On site emergency plan



Chapter 7Page 156

Applicability of the Rule

At the proposed project, furnace oil (= Bunker C Oil , Heavy Fuel Oil, Residual Fuel Oil No. 6 etc.), engine oil, gear oil and hydraulic oils will be recovered from the ships. LPG will be used for cutting ships. HSD will fuel mobile machinery and portable generators which will power fans, blowers, pumps etc. on the ships being broken.

A 80,000 DWT tanker consumes about 50 t/d of furnace oil (F.O.) while running in ballast (i.e. not carrying any cargo). A Bulk Carrier of comparable size usually has less powerful engines and consumes less fuel, whereas a Container Vessel is likely to consume more fuel on account of its more powerful engine. A ship is required to maintain minimum 5 days fuel reserves on board. When the main engine is not running, a 80000 DWT ship consumes about 3 t/d of F.O. run its auxiliary generators for powering onboard lights, navigation & communication equipment, crews’ living quarters, refrigeration and air conditioning systems, etc. Thus it is expected that maximum of about 750 t of F.O. will be remaining on board a ship when it is grounded (on air bags).

As per Part I of Schedule 1 of “The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989”, flammable liquids are those liquids whose flashpoint is higher than 60oC but less than 90oC. The flash point of F.O. is 66 o C i.e. F.O. can be considered as a flammable liquid. The flash points of engine oil and gear oil are above 150oC and that of hydraulic oil more than 200oC i.e. furnace oil, engine oil, gear oil and hydraulic oils cannot be considered as flammable liquids.

At the proposed project, LPG-Oxygen torches will be used for cutting ships. It has been mentioned in Chapter 2 (Clause 2.7.4) that each plot will stock maximum of 60 nos. 19 kg LPG cylinders (i.e. 3 days’ requirements). One truck load of 19 kg LPG cylinders will be supplied to the facility daily.

To decide whether the above mentioned industrial activities are likely to come within the scope of the above mentioned “Manufacture Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules”, pertaining to occupiers guide to the hazardous chemical regulation -1989 and the threshold quantities mentioned in the rules are used as given in Table 7.4.

Table: 7.4: Threshold Quantity & the Chemicals to be Stored and Handled at the proposed Ship Recycling facility

Chemical to be Stored / Handled

Qty. Stored / Handled (In t) And Storage / Handling Conditions

Whether included in List of Hazardous & Toxic Chemicals

Lower Threshold Qty. (in t)

Upper Threshold Qty. (in t)

LPG 10 x 1.14 t Liquid & pressurized

Yes 15 200

Furnace Oil 750 t max. at a time Yes 5000 50000



Chapter 7Page 157

From the above table it can be seen that the quantities of LPG and Furnace Oil to be handled shall not exceed the lower threshold quantity. Accordingly only Rule 17 i.e. preparation and maintenance of material safety data sheets for LPG and Furnace Oil are required.

Description of Hazardous Chemicals

The only hazardous chemical, which is expected to be handled at the proposed project is LPG. The Material Safety Data Sheets of LPG and Furnace Oil are as follows:

DATA SHEET

LPG CAS : 68476-85-7 C3H8/C3H6/C4H10/C4H8 RTECS : SE7545000 Synonyms & Trade Names DOT ID & Guide : 1075 115 Bottled gas, Compressed petroleum gas,

Liquefied hydrocarbon gas, Liquefied petroleum gas, LPG [Note: A fuel mixture of LPG, propylene, butanes & butylenes.]

Exposure NIOSH REL: TWA 1000 ppm (1800 mg/m3) Limits OSHA PEL: TWA 1000 ppm (1800 mg/m3) IDLH Conversion 1 ppm = 1.72-2.37 mg/m3 2000 ppm [10%LEL] See: 68476857

Physical Description

Colorless, non-corrosive, odorless gas when pure. [Note: A foul-smelling odorant is usually added. Shipped as a liquefied compressed gas.]

MW: 42-58 BP: >-44°F FRZ: ? Sol: Insoluble

VP: >1 atm IP: 10.95 eV RGasD: 1.45-2.00 Fl.P: NA (Gas) UEL: 9.5% (LPG) 8.5% (Butane) LEL: 2.1% (LPG) 1.9%

(Butane)

Flammable Gas Incompatibilities & Reactivities Strong oxidizers, chlorine dioxide Measurement Methods NIOSH S93 (II-2) ; See: NMAM or OSHA Methods

Personal Protection & Sanitation (See protection) Skin: Frostbite Eyes: Frostbite Wash skin: No recommendation Remove: When wet (flammable) Change: No recommendation Provide: Frostbite wash

First Aid (See procedures) Eye: Irrigate immediately (liquid) Skin: Water flush immediately (liquid) Breathing: Respiratory support

Respirator Recommendations NIOSH/OSHA Up to 2000 ppm (APF = 10) Any supplied-air respirator(APF = 50)

Any self-contained breathing apparatus with a full face-piece



Chapter 7Page 158

Emergency or Planned Entry into Unknown Concentrations or IDLH Conditions (APF = 10,000) Any self-contained breathing apparatus that has a full face-piece and is operated in a pressure-demand or other positive-pressure mode (APF = 10,000) any supplied-air respirator that has a full face-piece and is operated in a pressure-demand or other positive-pressure mode in combination with an auxiliary self-contained positive-pressure breathing apparatus. Escape: Any appropriate escape-type, self-contained breathing apparatus

Important Additional Information About Respirator Selection

Exposure Routes : Inhalation, skin and/or eye contact (liquid)

Symptoms: Dizziness, drowsiness, asphyxia; liquid: frostbite

Target Organs: Respiratory system, central nervous system

DATA SHEET

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION AND USE

Product name: Furnace Oil PIN #, UN # 1202 Chemical name: None TDG, DOT class: Class 3 Common names: Home heating oil No. 2. Number 2 burner oil Packing group: III and synonyms Bunker C oil, Residual Fuel Oil No. 6 Shipping name: Diesel Fuel; Fuel Oil; Gas oil, Heating oil Product use: Fuel WHMIS Combustible liquid Class B Division 3 classification Very toxic Class D Division 1 Subdivision A Hazard codes NFPA Health 4 HMIS Health 4 Flammability 2 Flammability 2 Reactivity 0 Reactivity 0 NFPA & HMIS Ratings: 0=Insignificant/No Hazard. 1=Slight Hazard. 2=Moderate Hazard. 3=High/Serious Hazard.

4=Extreme/Severe Hazard.

HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS Ingredients CAS# Wt

(%) ACGIH-TLVs

(2004 OSHA ELs

(2004) NIOSH ELs (2004)

LD50 (rat, oral)

LC50 (rat, 4 hours)

API No. 2 fuel oil 68476-30-2 100 100 mg/m3 TWA (vapour & aerosol)

NAv for this product name or CAS# >5 g/kg ~5g/m3

May contain: Benzene

71-43-2 Trace 0.5 ppm TWA 2.5 ppm STEL

10 ppm TWA 25 ppm CEILING 50 ppm PEAK

0.1 ppm TWA 1.0 ppm STEL

0.9 g/kg 13,200 ppm

Various Up to 10

Various Various Various Various Various Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) which may include Naphthalene

91-20-3 Trace 10 ppm TWA 15 ppm STEL

10 ppm TWA 10 ppm TWA 15 ppm STEL

0.49 g/kg >0.17 g/m3



Chapter 7Page 159

7704-34-9 0.05-0.50

NAv NAv NAv >0.008 g/kg

NAv May also contain: Sulphur Which may result in the evolution of: Hydrogen sulphide (H2S)

7783-04-6 NAp 10 ppm TWA 15 ppm STEL

20 ppm CEILING 50 ppm PEAK

10 ppm CEILING

NAp 444 ppm

Furnace oil is a complex mixture of hydrocarbons. Its exact composition depends on the source of the crude oil from which it was produced and the refining methods used. Furnace oil contains hundreds of individual organic chemicals. This section identifies only some of the well-known chemical constituents.

PHYSICAL DATA

Form: Slightly viscous, oily, liquid Specific gravity: 0.830 to 0.879 @ 20°C

Colour: Yellowish-brown Vapour density: NAv

Odour H2S smells like rotten eggs Vapour pressure: 2.12 to 26.4 mm Hg @ 21°C Note: H2S deadens the sense of smell. Absence of rotten egg Evaporation rate: NAv smell does not mean absence of H2S. Boiling point: 184 to 339°C

Odour threshold: <0.15 ppm for H2S Freezing point: NAv Coefficient of water/oil distribution 3.3 to 7.06 (Log Kow) pH NAp

FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS Flammability: Yes No Conditions Easily ignited by heat, sparks or flames. Flash point: 66°C Auto ignition temperature: 257oC Lower flammable limit: 0.6 to 1.3% Upper flammable limit: 6 to 7.5% Explosion data: Sensitivity to: Mechanical impact Not expected to be sensitive Static discharge Vapour: yes Means of extinction: In general, do not extinguish fire unless flow of product can be stopped. Use

carbon dioxide, dry chemical, or foam. Cool containers with flooding quantities of water until well after the fire is out.

Special precautions: Vapour is heavier than air. It will spread along the ground & collect in low or confined areas (sewers, basements). Travels to source of ignition and flashes back. Containers may explode when heated.

Hazardous combustion products :H2S and sulphur dioxide (SO2). Carbon monoxide. Nitrogen oxides.

PAHs and other aromatic hydrocarbons.

REACTIVITY INFORMATION Stability: Stable

Conditions to avoid: Sources of ignition. Static discharges. High temperatures. Incompatible substances: Oxidizers such as peroxides, nitric acid, and perchlorates. Hazardous decomposition products: H2S. SO2. Carbon monoxide. Nitrogen oxides. Numerous

aromatic hydrocarbons.

SECTION 6 – HEALTH HAZARD INFORMATION Route of Entry Eye: Skin absorption (Furnace oil itself, as well as benzene & naphthalene), Inhalation, Ingestion

a



Chapter 7Page 160

Hazardous Contact: Eye, Skin contact Acute exposure: Coughing, headache, and giddiness following inhalation. Aspiration into the lungs can

cause severe pneumonitis (serious lung irritation), with coughing, gagging, shortness of breath, chest pain, and/or pulmonary edema (fluid in the lungs). Ingestion may produce nausea, vomiting, and cramping. Kidney effects and systemic edema have been reported after severe exposure. H2S is very toxic. At concentrations as low as 1 to 5 ppm, nausea and severe eye irritation may occur. Sense of smell may be impaired at about 20 ppm, with headache and respiratory tract lung irritation. At 250 to 500 ppm, potentially fatal pulmonary edema may occur. Dizziness, sudden (often fatal) collapse, unconsciousness, and death occur at higher concentrations. Note: Pulmonary edema may be delayed as long as 48 hours after exposure.

Chronic exposure: Kidney, gastrointestinal, blood, and skin disorders. Headache, nausea, vomiting.

Fatigue, and severe nervous and respiratory system symptoms may follow survival of H2S poisoning.

Carcinogenicity: Benzene and certain PAHs are known to be carcinogenic. Exposure to fuel oils during refining is considered “probably carcinogenic to humans”. IARC and NTP classify untreated and mildly treated mineral oils as known human carcinogens. ACGIH, EPA, NIOSH, and OSHA have not classified them.

Mutagenicity Not known to be mutagenic; Reproductive Toxicity: NAv Toxicologically synergistic products: Other CNS depressants can be expected to produce additive or

synergistic effects.

FIRST AID

Inhalation: Move victim to fresh air Give artificial respiration if breathing has stopped and if a qualified AR administrator is available. Apply CPR if both pulse and breathing have stopped. Obtain medical attention immediately.

Ingestion: Never give anything by mouth if the person is unconscious, rapidly losing consciousness, or convulsing.

If the person is conscious, have them drink 8 to 10 ounces of water or milk to dilute the material in the stomach. Do not induce vomiting. If vomiting occurs spontaneously, have the person lean forward to avoid aspiration. Obtain medical attention immediately.

Eye: If irritation occurs, flush eye with lukewarm, gently flowing fresh water for at least 10 minutes. Skin Quickly and gently blot away excess chemical. Gently remove contaminated clothing and shoes under running

water. Wash gently and thoroughly with water and non-abrasive soap. Obtain medical assistance.

PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES

Do not attempt rescue of an H2S knockdown victim without the use of proper respiratory protective equipment.

Personal protective equipment Gloves: Nitrile, Viton™, Polyvinylchloride, Tychem®BR/LV, or Tychem®TK preferred. Eye : Chemical safety goggle or face shield, as a good general safety practice. Respiratory NIOSH-approved SCBA or air line respirator with escape cylinder for confined spaces or work with

sulphur-containing product. A qualified occupational health and safety professional should advise on respirator selection. If an air-purifying respirator is appropriate, use a “P series” filter & organic vapour cartridges.

Clothing & footwear: Coveralls to prevent skin contact with product. If clothing or footwear becomes contaminated

with product, completely decontaminate it before re-use, or discard it.



Chapter 7Page 161

Engineering controls Handling procedures & equipment Enclose processes. Use local exhaust ventilation to remove vapour at its site of generation. Handle laboratory samples in a fume hood. Use mechanical ventilation in confined spaces. Avoid heating open containers of product so as to minimize vapour production and accumulation. Use nonsparking equipment, explosion-proof ventilation, and intrinsically safe electrical equipment. Ground handling equipment. Have clean emergency eyewash and shower readily available in the work area.

Leak & spill Procedure Keep unauthorized persons away Eliminate all sources of ignition. Ventilate area. Stop leak if it can be done safely. Prevent entry into sewers, waterways, or confined spaces. Absorb or cover with dry earth, sand or other non-combustible material and use clean, non-sparking tools to transfer to container. Storage: May be stored at ambient temperatures. Containers should be vented and equipped with a flame arrester. Shipping: Stable during transport. May be transported hot.

Hazard Identification Hazards associated with LPG and Furnace Oil are presented in Table 7.5.

Table 7.5: Type Of Hazards

Hazard Rating Name of the

Chemical Type of Hazard

Health Flammability Reactivity

IDLH Value

Vap. Press @ 1 atm.

Remarks

LPG 1, 9 1 4 0 -- -- Liquified under pressure & stored at ambient temp.

Furnace Oil 1,9 4 3 0 Type of Hazard:

1. Flammable substance 2. Oxidising substance, reacts with reducing agents 3. Emits a toxic gas or vapour 4. Emits an irritating gas or vapour 5. Emits a narcotic gas or vapour 6. Gas or vapour not dangerous other than displacing air 7. Causes skin irritation or burns 8. Toxic substance 9. Explosive material under certain conditions

Hazard Rating:

a. Health 1 None 2 Minor 3 Moderate, could cause temporary incapacitation or injury 4 Severe, short exposure may cause serious injury 5 Extreme, short exposure may cause death

b. Flammability

1. None, Material does not burn 2. Minor, material must be preheated to ignite 3. Moderate, moderate heating is required for ignition and volatile vapours are released 4. Severe, material ignites at normal temperature 5. Extreme, very flammable substance that readily forms explosive mixtures



Chapter 7Page 162

Hazard Rating Name of the

Chemical Type of Hazard

Health Flammability Reactivity

IDLH Value

Vap. Press @ 1 atm.

Remarks

c. Reactivity 1. None, stable when exposed to fire 2. Minor, unstable at high temp. or press and may react with water 3. Moderate, unstable but does not explode, may form explosive mixture with

water 4. Severe, Explodes if heated or water added 5. Extreme, readily explosives under normal condition

From the above table it can be observed that LPG is a dangerous material since it is gaseous under ambient conditions and can form explosive mixtures with air. The catastrophic potential of a hazardous substance depends both on toxicity and volatility. The ambient temperature vapour pressure of a substance is used as a measure of the ability to become air borne. Since LPG is gaseous at ambient temperature and pressure and it is stored in pressurised condition to keep it in liquid form, the catastrophic potential of this chemical is maximum. Accordingly, the consequence analysis carried out subsequently covers analysis of LPG since its release and in case of any eventuality it may affect the maximum area.

On the other hand F.O. is a viscous liquid at ambient temperature and is not flammable unless heated. At the proposed project, there is no provision to store F.O. Soon after grounding the ships, the residual F.O. on board will be pumped out to road tankers which will transport it away from the site.

Hazard Assessment

LPG will be stored under pressurised condition and ambient temperature. In any plan hazardous situation arising due to:

• Failure in the monitoring of crucial process parameters e.g. pressure, temperature, etc.

• Failure control elements e.g. pressure, temperature level, flow controllers etc. • Failure of safety systems, safety / relief valves, sprinkler systems, alarm etc. • Mechanical failure of vessels or pipe work due to excessive stress, over pressure,

corrosion etc. • Wrong operation, failing to adhere to the safety norms etc.

It has been mentioned that release of LPG may lead to hazardous situation in case of accidental release of large quantity. Such situation is possible from the storage area where bulk quantities will be stored. It is unlikely that small leakage through pipes, gaskets, glands or any other means within the user points will create a hazardous situation unless allowed to be released for a long time as will be established in the subsequent sections. It is expected that during such small leakage preventive steps will be taken within a specified time span.



Chapter 7Page 163

F.O. will not be stored at the site. After a ship has been hauled out of the water, and necessary clearances have been received, the ship’s residual fuel (F.O.) will be pumped out directly into road tankers and transported away. Since F.O. does not catch fire unless heated, simple safety precautions during pumping operations (no naked flames or running electrical equipment which can give off sparks near pipelines & receiving tankers) will ensure that the F.O. does not catch fire. Consequence Analysis

In this section, accident consequence analysis to determine the consequence of a potential major accident on the installation, the neighbourhood and the environment has been discussed by evaluating the consequence of incidence involving hazardous materials vis-à-vis LPG. Consequence analysis also involves assessment of release quantity which is again dependent upon chemical, storing condition, type of release, duration etc. Catastrophic flammable material normally involves the air borne release of these materials. A potential catastrophic release of flammable material would involve air borne release and subsequent explosion or fire i.e. a sufficiently large fuel – air mixture within flammable mix rapidly developed and finds a source of ignition. However LPG will be stored under pressurized condition (7 – 10 kg / cm2) in liquid form in 19 kg cylinders and is expected to be distributed to the user points in these cylinders. Accordingly possible release quantities under different conditions have been computed and presented in Fig. 7.1. From the figure it can be noticed that release rate & quantity of liquid LPG is much more than gaseous LPG. From Fig. 6.1 it can be noticed that this quantity of LPG in a full cylinder can be released through a 20mm diameter hole in about 40 seconds whereas it will take slightly more than 3 minutes, if the hole diameter is 10 mm. Thus spillage of LPG could be more catastrophic as it will be a steady continuous source of vapour.



Chapter 7Page 164

RELEASE RATE OF LPG GAS THROUGH DIFFERENT DIA HOLES @ 7Kg / Cm2

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

HOLE DIA IN MM

REL

EASE

RAT

E IN

Kg

/ Sec

Fig. 7.1: Computed Possible LPG Release Quantities Under Different Conditions

When a pressurised liquified gas is released from containment, a portion flashes off. Following flash off, residual liquid is at its boiling point and the vapourisation continues as a rate limit process. The second stage of rate limit vapourisation is usually regarded as relatively less important compared with the initial flash off. Fraction flash off is approximately 17% at 15°C as Butane. From the above it is clear that release of liquid LPG is potentially more catastrophic than release of vapour.

Flammable releases cause harms as a results of fire or explosion. A “Pool Fire” occurs when a flammable liquid spills on the ground and catches fire. If the pool fire is not controlled quickly, the vapour pressure inside gas cylinder(s) stored close to the fire will rise. At the same time, the temperature of the cylinder wall in contact with the flame also rises reducing its strength and the cylinder(s) may burst releasing the superheated liquid inside in a fraction of a second. The released gas / liquid quickly form explosive mixtures with the air. A `Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion (BLEVE)’ is an explosion caused by rupture of a vessel containing a pressurized liquid above its boiling point. One of the hazards of a `BLEVE’ of a pressurized tank containing liquefied gas is the fireball created by combustion of the mixture of vapour liquid that is explosively dispersed by the sudden rupture. The sudden expansion of compressed vapour and the



Chapter 7Page 165

large quantities of vapour suddenly produced by liquid flashing combine to create a large ball of liquid droplets and vapour. The heat created by the burning of the dispersed liquid and vapour causes a powerful thermal updraft.

The assessments have been made for a pool fire resulting from rupture of one LPG cylinder and on the assumption that maximum instantaneous release of total 1.15 tonne release (BLEVE), i.e. all 60 LPG cylinders rupture simultaneously.

The heat radiation intensity at different distances for of release of the contents of one cylinder are presented in Table 7.6 and illustrated in Fig. 7.2. The probability of spontaneous failure of one LPG cylinder is ~ 1 x 10-6 per year. The chance of leak / failure of one LPG cylinder ~ 2.6 x 10-6 per year. Therefore the chances of simultaneous failure / leak of 2 or more cylinders are almost nil. The effect of thermal radiation on unprotected skin is also presented below in Table 7.7.

Table 7.6: Heat radiation intensity at different distances for 19 kg LPG Pool Fire Distance (m) Thermal load ( kW/m2)

1 191.7

2 47.9

5 7.67

10 1.92

14 0.98

20 0.48

30 0.21

Fig. 7.2: Variation of Heat Radiation with Distance in case of 19 kg LPG Pool Fire



Chapter 7Page 166

Table 7.7: Relation Between Heat Radiation Intensity, Time and Effect on Man Heat Radiation Level (kW / m2) Effect

1.0 Sufficient to cause pain to personnel if unable to reach cover within 20 seconds. Blistering of skin (1st degree burns) is likely.

2.5 Blistering of skin starts after 65 seconds.

4.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting plastic tubing etc.

5.0 Blistering of skin starts after 25 seconds.

8.0 Blistering of skin starts after 13.5 seconds.

11.0 Blistering of skin starts after 8.5 seconds.

25.0 – 12.5 Energy required to damage thermally unprotected tanks, equipment etc.

37.5 – 25.0 Sufficient to cause damage to equipment unless fully thermally fire protected

66.0 Lethal ( 1%) after 4 seconds exposure

117.0 50% lethality after 4 seconds exposure

Unconfined vapour cloud explosion is one of the most serious hazards of LPG. A vapour cloud explosion may cause harm by direct or indirect blast effects. The thermal radiation at various distances due to BLEVE on account of rupture and explosion of one LPG cylinder (of 19 kg) are presented Table 7.8 and illustrated in Fig. 7.3. The thermal radiation at various distances due to BLEVE on account of rupture and explosion of all sixty LPG cylinders (each of 19 kg) are presented Table 7.9 and illustrated in Fig. 7.4.

Table 7.8: Heat Radiation Intensity at different distances for 19 kg LPG BLEVE Distance (m) Thermal load ( kW/m2) Effect*

20 43.6 Blistering of bare skin after ~1 second exposure

25 29.3 Blistering of bare skin after ~2 seconds exposure





150 0.93

Fire ball diameter ~ 15.5 m; Fire ball duration ~ 1.2 seconds;

*As Per Injury and fatality levels for thermal radiation (Hymes, 1983)



Chapter 7Page 167

Fig. 7.3: Variation of Heat Radiation with Distance in case of 19 kg LPG BLEVE

Table 7.9: Heat Radiation Intensity at different distances for 1140 kg LPG BLEVE

Distance (m) Thermal load ( kW/m2) Effect*









500 1.28

Fire ball diameter ~ 60.6 m; Fire ball duration ~ 4.7 seconds;

*As Per Injury and fatality levels for thermal radiation (Hymes, 1983)



Chapter 7Page 168

Fig. 7.4: Variation of Heat Radiation with Distance in case of 1140 kg LPG BLEVE

LPG cylinders will be stored separately in designated godowns which will have all necessary safety features. Since the study area is located adjacent to the sea, ambient temperatures are not very high even during the summer months. Nevertheless efforts will be made so that minimum number of LPG cylinders are stored at the site. All workers will be indoctrinated that in case of any fire, whosever notices the fire will sound the alarm and inform the shift-in-charge. The shift-in-charge will inform security personnel and arrange to evacuate all personnel, except those who are required for fire fighting, from the area. APSEZL’s fire brigade shall be summoned to deal with the emergency. The hospital will be informed to standby to handle casualties.

7.3.4 Exposure to Asbestos

Asbestos and asbestos containing material will be handled at the proposed ship recycling facility. Chronic inhalation of asbestos can lead to pulmonary disorders which may be fatal. To prevent the same a series of measures have been prescribed, which have been described in Chapter 4 of this report (under clause 4.2.2.1). A trained Asbestos Removal Supervisor shall be deployed to ensure implementation of all pollution control and safety systems and work practices.

7.3.5 Spillage of oil during emptying of tanks

Oil may be spilled during pumping out of fuel / oil from tanks and sumps. To prevent the same, pipes which will be used for pumping operations will be tested for damages / holes prior to being used. Joints on pipelines will be tested for leaks prior to pumping operations. In addition drums will be installed below joints on pipelines to catch any leaking oil. During pumping of oil, workers will



Chapter 7Page 169

be deployed along the pipeline to look out for leaks. Whenever any leak is detected, pumping operations shall be shut down and necessary remedial measures will be undertaken. A Safety Officer will also be deployed during pumping out of oil to enforce safety precautions to prevent F.O. catching fire.

7.3.6 Accident during dismantling of detachable items

All workers deployed on board the ships shall wear safety helmets. Areas below areas where dismantling work is on shall be cordoned off. Workers engaged in dismantling work shall wear safety gloves while handling heavy / sharp / breakable objects. Workers working at height shall wear safety harnesses.

7.3.7 Exposure to Fumes / Gases

Workers engaged in cargo tanks of oil / gas / chemical tankers may be exposed to flammable and / or toxic gases. To prevent the same, all such areas shall be made gas free prior to the ship being granted permission for beaching. Hot work certificate shall also be taken as part of the prior to cutting. Nevertheless, the atmosphere inside enclosed spaces shall be tested with gas meters for presence of explosive and toxic gas mixtures prior to worker being allowed to enter such areas. Precautionary measures have been described in Chapter 4 under Clause 4.7.2.3.

7.3.8 Accidents during material handling

At the project, heavy pieces of metal, some of them weighing several tonnes, will be handled. Accidents may occur on account of failure of cranes, snapping of cranes’ ropes and failure to follow safety precautions.

Cranes and other mechanical material handling equipment will undergo periodic inspections and servicing as per manufacturers’ guidelines. Hooks, chains and ropes used for material handling will also be periodically inspected and tested to ensure their integrity.

7.3.9 Natural Disasters

The proposed project is located in Seismic Zone V. The area is also prone to cyclones. The chronology of occurrence of natural disasters in the region area as follows:



Chapter 7Page 170

Year Disaster Area Impacts

1897 Cyclone Off Jafarabad, Veraval, Gulf of Kachchh

Severe damage to mangroves

1909 Cyclone Surat - Jafarabad - Kandla Severe damage to fishing activities

1925 Cyclone Kandla – Okha Severe damage to local population

1944 Cyclone Kandla Damage to fishing activities

1954 Cyclone Vadinar Mangroves damaged

1960 Cyclone Dwarka - Mandwa Damage to fishing activities

1973 Cyclone Vadinar Mangroves damaged

1975 Cyclone Okha Severe damage to fishing activities

1989 Cyclone Navlakhi - Vadinar Severe damage to fishing activities

1996 Cyclone Kandla Mangroves destroyed. Damage to fishing activities

1998 Cyclone Kandla Damage to mangroves, inter-tidal fauna, coral reefs; habitat destruction of marine animals as well as birds’ nesting grounds

1999 Cyclone Dwarka - Naliya Damage to mangroves, inter-tidal fauna, coral reefs; habitat destruction of marine animals as well as birds’ nesting grounds

2001 Earthquake Entire Kutch region Severe destruction of human life and property. Possible damage to sub-tidal reefs.

In addition to the above, several severe droughts have occurred in the region. During droughts vegetation, including mangroves, have been severely affected with consequent effect on fauna and livestock.

The following measures will be undertaken to reduce damage due to earthquakes:

Before earthquakes

o All office buildings will be built as per local safe building codes for earthquake resistant construction.

o LPG / Oxygen cylinders should be stored under temporary structures so that the cylinders are not damaged in case the structure collapses.

o Booms of cranes should be lowered when not working (during meal breaks, night etc.).

o Prepare emergency evacuation plan and procedures. Workers should rehearse emergency procedures and evacuation regularly.

o Prepare emergency shelters which should have stocks of emergency medical, water and food supplies. The locations of these shelters should be



Chapter 7Page 171

prominently displayed. Emergency evacuation routes should lead to these shelters.

During an earthquakes

o Workers engaged in gas cutting, should immediately shut down gas supplies and extinguish torches.

o Crane operators should lower the cranes’ booms. o Everybody should come out in the open. If quick emergence is not possible

(e.g. from deep inside ships), people should take shelter under tables / shelves / small rooms to protect themselves from falling objects.

o Those people out in the open should move as far as possible from buildings and power-lines and towards the emergency shelters.

After an earthquake

o If there is a tsunami warning, arrange to evacuate people as far inland as possible.

o No regular work should resume for a couple of days until all aftershocks stop.

o Till such time only safety procedures, which could not be completed in a hurry, should be carried out.

o Fires, if any, may be extinguished. o Gas cylinders may be removed from the site. o Partially fallen / damaged structures may be shored up or demolished as

deemed fit.

The following measures will be undertaken to reduce damage due to cyclones:

o In case of cyclone warnings, all regular work should be stopped and non-essential personnel withdrawn.

o Small / loose objects may either be removed from the site or moved indoors depending on the severity of the approaching cyclone.

o Gas cylinders and oil drums stored on the plots may be moved away from the site to inland storage locations. Gas cylinders on board the ships being cut should be moved off the ship or moved to a secure room inside the ship. Trucks carrying gas cylinders to the ship recycling facility will be asked not to come to the site; rather they should remain as far as possible from the coast.

o Cranes’ booms should be lowered and mobile cranes may be moved inland. o On board the ships, all doors and portholes should be closed and secured. In

the spaces / rooms which cannot be shut out from the elements, all loose objects should be removed or secured and debris lying on the floors should be cleaned up on a priority basis.



Chapter 7Page 172

o Trucks loading or unloading material at the facility, should be asked to complete the loading as soon as possible and move inland as far as possible from the coast. Unloading may be suspended and the trucks moved inland. Trucks waiting to waiting to load / unload material may be asked to move inland without commencing operations.

7.4 GENERAL SAFETY FEATURES

a. All personnel also will be adequately trained regarding safety aspects. b. In addition specialized workers will be given additional training in their areas of

work (e.g. asbestos removal, gas cutting, emptying / cleaning of fuel tanks / cargo tanks of oil tankers / gas carriers etc.).

c. Adequate nos. of gas monitors will be available to check work zone atmospheres. d. Sufficient ventilation and lighting shall be provided in all workplace. e. Good housekeeping shall be maintained at all work places. f. First aid kit and oxygen cylinders with masks shall be kept ready within easy reach of

all work places. The facility will have a medical centre which will have the resources for giving emergency treatment to victims of burns, blunt trauma, fume inhalation and major cuts. An ambulance shall always be kept ready at the facility. Dedicated communication link with major hospital will be available to warn them of incoming casualties.

g. All the workmen shall be provided helmets & shoes. Wearing of PPE (Boots, Helmet, Respirator, ear plug/muff, hand gloves, safety belt etc.) shall be strictly enforced.

h. Workmen shall be provided dedicated locker to keep their uniform and safety appliances. Workmen shall take bath before leaving the premises.

i. Bathing and clothes washing facility will be available within the premises. j. Periodic inspection, proper maintenance and timely replacement of worn out parts,

training of personnel.

7.5 ON-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

To take care of emergencies which may occur during various activities an Onsite Emergency Plan has been prepared. The plan contains instructions to be followed in case of an emergency, major or serious accident, failure of system / equipment, Fire or Power failure, stoppage of ventilation fans etc.

7.5.1 Objective of the Plan

The emergency plan has been prepared to ensure the smooth working of the ship recycling facility. The main objectives of the plan are to take immediate actions to meet any emergent situation making maximum use of combined in-plant and allied resources for the most effective, speedy and efficient rescue and relief operations. These are briefly enumerated as follows:



Chapter 7Page 173

1. Cordon and isolate the affected area for smooth rescue operation 2. Rescue and treat casualties and safeguard the rest 3. Minimize damage to persons, property and surroundings 4. Contain and ultimately bring the situation under control 5. Secure and safe rehabilitation of the affected area 6. Provide necessary information to statutory agencies 7. Provide authoritative information to the news media. 8. Ward off unsocial elements and prying onlookers. 9. Counter rumor mongering and panic by relevant accurate information.

7.5.2 Methodology

Keeping in mind the detailed information on the proposed ship recycling facility, the plan is formed on the following basis:

- identification of possible hazards in various areas and their impact on the surroundings

- detailed information on the available resources and control measures.

7.5.3 Industrial Safety and Fire Fighting

As detailed above, many of work areas of the ship recycling facility will be hazardous and fire-prone. To protect the working personnel and equipment from any damage or loss and to ensure uninterrupted production, adequate safety and fire fighting measures have been proposed for the project.

7.5.4 Safety of Personnel

All workmen employed in hazardous working conditions will be provided with adequate personal safety appliance as applicable to the work like;

- Industrial safety boots - Industrial helmets - Hand gloves - Ear muffs - Welder's screens and aprons - Gas masks - Respirators - Resuscitators

7.5.5 Fire Protection Facilities

Keeping in view the nature of fire and vulnerability of the equipment and the premises, the following fire protection facilities have been proposed for the ship recycling facility



Chapter 7Page 174

Adequate number of portable fire extinguishers and sand buckets shall be deployed in the material sorting and handling areas, offices and also on board the ships near cutting areas. All deployed personnel will be given basic training in fire fighting. APSEZL has a well equipped dedicated Fire Fighting Department manned by 120 trained personnel to deal with serious fires. In addition APSEZL has entered into agreements with nearby industries for mutual assistance in fire fighting.

7.5.6 Yard Disaster Control

The On Site Emergency Plan is prepared considering all the different units of the proposed ship recycling facility.

A Central Disaster Control Cell will be set up under the direct charge of the Overall In-Charge of the facility. He will be the person nominated to declare any major emergency and would be in-charge of all operations in such situations. In his absence, his deputy will be the in-charge. He will be supported by the other nominated members of cell, e.g., In-charges of individual plots, Security, Fire, Safety, Administration and Medical Officer. In case of any major emergency, the Disaster Control Cell would operate from Disaster Control Room. At the plot levels, Plot in-charges, shall be nominated as Controllers who will be assisted by Manager, Shift-in-charges and trained key workers to deal with any minor emergencies arising at the shop.

7.5.7 Information Flow

The following guidelines will be observed by any person after noticing a gas leak, fire, etc. till help is made available from Central Disaster Control Cell or Plot level Disaster Control Cell.

Raise alarm Communicate to the control room about the incident/emergency. Communicate to fire station for relief in case telephone is available otherwise try to

attract attention by any available means. Attempts to close doors, windows or ventilators of the room to prevent any

contaminated air getting in.

7.5.8 Central Disaster Control Room

Upon receiving information from any site regarding emergency, the person operating from the Disaster Control room will :

• Depute a person to rush to site and assess the situation. • Inform fire, transport, safety, medical and concerned control room.

• Organise operating personnel and arrange for control over the situation.

• Keep the management informed about the gravity of the situation from time to time.



Chapter 7Page 175

• On receiving the call, the Disaster Control room would immediately direct the different supporting service agencies as enumerated below :

• Security and Administration services : responsible for safety of the yard against trespassers, saboteurs, any crowd, information to Government authorities and in the neighbourhood (if required), provision of transport facilities, telecommunication facilities and fire service facilities.

• Safety service: responsible for implementation of safety measures at work place and occupational safety.

• Medical service: responsible for providing medical care to the injured or the affected in an event of emergency.

• Stores: responsible for providing adequate number of tools, tackles and accessories for proper emergency control.

• Preservation of evidence and taking of photographs, if necessary, for future enquiries to determine the cause and taking further preventive actions.-

• Welfare: Provide food, clothes, shelter etc., as per requirements.

• Power and water supply : To ensure supply of fire fighting water requirement and provisions of power supply.

All emergency situations will be dealt in prompt manner as per the requirement. Trained personnel and rescue team are available to handle the various emergency situations. External regulatory authorities will also be taken in confidence to tackle the emergency situation.

The emergency report chart is as follows:

Any person-detecting emergency

Concerned Supervisor

Security Plot Manager First Aider

Medical Officer

Yard Manager / Central Disaster Controller

In-charge In-charge In-charge In-charge

(Safety) (Ship Cutting) (Material Sorting) (Material Despatch) Factories Inspector/GPCB Company District Authority



Chapter 7Page 176

7.5.9 Plot Level Disaster Control Cell

The Controller at the plot level would take immediate charge of any emergent situation and would assume full responsibility regarding mobilisation of resources, guide and help service agencies in properly carrying out their assigned duties. The designated disaster controller should have full knowledge of the process aspects and he would decide whether to stop certain or all activities. He will be responsible for overall co-ordination. The duties of the plot level Controller are as below:

Assess the scale of emergency and decide, if any possibility of major emergency exists and inform the Central Control Room, if necessary.

Direct Safe close down of plot or any operation, if necessary. Direct evacuation of areas in the vicinity, which may be endangered. Ensure key personnel are called in immediately and they start carrying out their

assigned duties. Direct rescue and fire fighting operations from safe operation point of view. Direct the plot personnel to the designated places for safe assembly. Control rehabilitation of affected areas and any victim on emergency. Ensure complete safety before resuming normal activities. At plot levels, teams of workers will be trained, who will be present at the incident site

for doing the needful. They will assist and extend help to the following : - Fire brigade team in controlling fire. - Operational staff in shutting down plant to make it safe. - Search, evacuation, rescue team. - Movement of vehicles for emergency control. - Plant pollution monitoring staff for carrying out atmospheric tests. - Medical team for providing necessary help. - Any other special operation.

7.5.10 Contingency Plan

It has been based on the following considerations :

- The plot and yard general layout. - The available resources. - The analysis of hazards.

And is aimed at the

- Pre-emergency activities. - Emergency time activities. - Post-emergency activities.



Chapter 7Page 177

In the event of an emergency, the people from affected pockets would be directed to move to safe assembly places either at the plot level or at the yard level. The following facilities will be provided.

- Security service - Fire fighting service - Medical service - Pollution control service - Public relation service - Telecommunication service - Transport service - Evacuation service - Welfare service

An alarm system will be provided with a wailing type siren at a centralised place and actuators at the strategic locations in the individual plots. Supervisors deployed on the ships as well as on the plots will be provided with walkie-talkies so that either an alarm can be raised directly or the plot office can be contacted from where the alarm can be raised. The wailing siren will mark the beginning of the emergency while a continuous note will mark the end meaning all clear signal.

All fire fighting equipment like portable fire-extinguishers, pumps, , etc., will be checked periodically to detect defective parts and such parts would be immediately replaced. Mock drills will be conducted for training the persons and to check the performance of men and equipment and also to keep them fit for any emergency. The yard will be equipped with a separate Medical Centre with necessary instrument/appliances, medicines and trained manpower. The Medical Officer will maintain close liaison with the Occupational Health Centre (OHC) and the super speciality hospital located near the port township.

7.5.11 Rescue and Repair Services

The responsibility of effective working of Rescue and Repair Services will be with the incident controller.

Rescue Services

To extricate persons from the debris of collapsed structures and save human lives. To hand over the extricated persons to first aid parties. To take immediate steps for the temporary supports or demolition of structures, the

collapse of which is likely to endanger life or obstruct traffic. To cut off supplies of gas and electricity.

Trained Rescue parties shall be formed at plot levels, which will be provided with the following equipment :



Chapter 7Page 178

1. Self contained oxygen breathing apparatus 2. Blower type gas mask 3. Resuscitators 4. Petromax lamp / Torches 5. Axe/hand saw 6. Bamboo ladder 7. Necessary Safety appliances 8. First aid box 9. Blankets

On-site emergency planning rehearsals need to be carried out from time to time. It requires monitoring by experienced persons from other similar factories or by senior officials from the State Inspectorate of Factories and/or the Directorate of Fire Services, who can help in updating the emergency plan procedure.

7.6 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLANNING

Off-site emergency planning is normally under the jurisdiction of the district administration. The designated official of the ship recycling facility is required to have co-ordination with the district administration for responsive action in off-site emergency planning.

7.7 FIRE FIGHTING ORGANISATION AND PROCEDURE

There will be trained fire fighting personnel on each plot and a Fire Officer under the Fire & Safety Department for the entire facility. The following important instructions will be given for fire prevention and tackling of any fire in the facility.

Any worker who notices any fire will raise an alarm and inform his supervisor. The supervisor shall inform the plot manager and summon the plot’s trained fire fighters. If the fire is too serious to be dealt with the resources available at the plot(s), APSEZL’s Fire Fighting Department shall be summoned.

While turning out for fire calls, the fire staff will be guided to the correct location immediately on their arrival.

The plot manager and concerned supervisor will explain special risks involved and guide the In-charge of the Fire fighting crew. He will, however, not interfere in the method of fire fighting operations.

Fire drills would be held in each, zone periodically under the direction of the Fire Officer.

The organisation and brief procedure for fighting small, major and simultaneous fire is as follows:



Chapter 7Page 179

Degree of fire emergency

Fire chief Siren code Persons attending

Small fire Major fire Multiple fire

Supervisor in charge of affected area Plot Manager / Yard manager In-charge of affected area

No siren Wailings two minutes No siren except for major fire

First and second line fire-fighting teams First, second and third fire-fighting teams Persons already present at the scene of fire, operators

Small Fire: A fire in its incipient stage which is controlled by the first line fire fighting team Major Fire: The fire is spreading to other equipment or areas and which threatens to go beyond the

control of first line and second line fire fighting teams

Fire Control Officer : The Fire Control Officer will be in-charge at the scene of fire. In case of small fire, Supervisor of affected area will be Fire Officer. In major fire, Plot Manager or Yard Manager will be Fire Control Officer. In case of multiple fires, concerned supervisors or Plot Manager or Yard Manager will be Fire Control Officers.

Fire call : Fire call will be received at the fire station regarding occurrence of fire and its location. The message will be conveyed either by walkie-talkie or telephone or fire alarm or in person. While giving Fire call message on telephone, the person will identify himself and give the exact location and if possible the nature of fire. He should also confirm that the Fire call message is repeated by the Control room attendant. When the call message is given by the Fire alarm, the person would stand rear the Fire alarm to guide the Fire fighting team to the location of the fire.

Fire Siren Code : For small fire : No siren will be sounded. For major fire : Wailing type continuously for two minutes. For all clear : Straight sound for two signal minutes.

Fire sirens will be tested by sounding straight for one minute on every Monday at 10 a.m.

Small fires will be tackled by the first line team which would comprise of the persons already present at the scene of fire. However, the second line fire fighting team comprising of workers on the affected plot who have been trained in fire-fighting will also report at the scene of fire immediately after receiving the Fire Call of affected area at the time of fire. The team will consist of:

1. Fire Control Officer (the Supervisor of the affected area) 2. First Line Fire Fighting Team



Chapter 7Page 180

3. Second Line Fire Fighting Team 4. Supervisors of areas adjacent to the affected area 5. Security personnel 6. Ambulance attendants and driver

In case of major fires, in addition to the First and Second Line Fire Fighting Teams, the Concerned Plot Manager shall inform the Yard Manager who shall depute trained fire fighters from other plots and also summon APSEZL’s Fire Department.

Responsibilities of Fire Control Room Operator :

To take correct message regarding location, type of fire etc., from the caller. To repeat the message. To inform fire fighting personnel on duty immediately for turn out by hearing the bell.

To inform first aid centre.

Responsibilities of Fire Fighting Personnel :

To report immediately at the scene of fire. To take instructions from Fire Officer.

Responsibilities of Fire Officer :

To direct the deployment of Fire fighting personnel and fire fighting appliances. To organise additional fire fighting crew, if required, depending upon gravity of the

situation. To guide plant employees in fire fighting. To co-ordinate between different groups of fire fighting personnel To control the spread of fire and rescue operation, if necessary. To extinguish the fire. To replenish the required fire fighting material/ equipment. To arrange relievers wherever necessary. To assess the situation and arrange additional help if necessary in co-ordination with

Disaster Control room. To advice for all clear siren to be blown after the major fire emergency is over.

Responsibilities of Ambulance Driver :

To report to the scene of fire with ambulance immediately. To carry the casualties, if any, to the medical centre as directed by Medical

Officer/Fire Officer at the earliest. To park the ambulance without obstructing the fire fighting operations and traffic.

Responsibilities of Security personnel at the manned gate :

To prevent entry of unauthorized persons.



Chapter 7Page 181

To keep the gate open for emergency vehicles and officers and staff concerned with fire fighting and allied operations.

Responsibilities of Medical Officer during major fire :

To be available at the first aid centre for necessary medical advice. To depute one of the medical staff to the scene of fire to render any medical

assistance, required at site.

Responsibilities of Head of the Personnel and Welfare Department during major fire :

To arrange the transport of the fire fighting personnel with minimum loss of time in consultation with the Fire Control/Fire Officer.

To make arrangements for the refreshment/meals for persons engaged in fire fighting.

To inform the Fire Officer regarding the actions taken.

7.8 FOOD POISONING

In case of food poisoning in facility’s canteens, the following will be done :

Disaster Controller will inform the Medical Officer on duty at site for immediate first aid.

Medical Officer will contact the Occupational Health Centre or the super speciality hospital located near the Mundra Port township and seek their help, if necessary.

Security will help in evacuating the affected people, in co-ordination with the Medical Officer.

7.9 MUTUAL-AID SYSTEM

At times the possibility of a major emergency (a situation out of control of facility authorities) cannot be ruled out. In such a case, the facility authorities would declare it to be a major emergency and total control would be transferred to the district level office of contingency plan committee.

Necessary help would also be sought from Government sources having necessary infrastructure for dealing with disaster.

Chapter 8: Administrative Aspects of EMP Implementation



Chapter 8Page 182

8.0 BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT

Following benefits will accrue from this project:

Dispose off Old Resource Guzzling Ships

Every year the proposed will dispose off about 40 ships whose continued operation has become un-economical. These old ships tend to consume more resources (fuel, lubricants, spare parts etc.) and thereby cause more pollution. Some of these ships’ structural integrity may have been compromised and on board machinery may have become partially and / or completely unserviceable. Continued operation of such ships is risky; any failure / accident can lead to severe environmental pollution and injuries or death of operating and / or maintenance personnel. It is best advisable to stop operating such ships.

Recover about 0.25 Mt/yr of steel, other metals and machinery

At the proposed project about 236,000 t/yr of semi-finished steel and 33000 t/yr of scrap metal will be produced consuming only a small amount of non-renewable natural resources as compared to producing the same amount of steel utilizing basic raw materials. Also about 23,000 t/yr of machinery, spare parts and other valuable materials will be recovered for re-use and / or recycling.

Strong employment generation potential

The project will directly employ about 1500 people. Another 5 - 6 times that number of people are expected to be employed in supporting services and downstream industries.

Peripheral development and creation of social capital

The project proponent will undertake peripheral development as part of the company’s CSR programme, which will benefit local villagers.

Revenue to exchequer

The project will generate revenue for central and state exchequer

Chapter 9: Benefits of the Project



Chapter 9Page 183

9.0 ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS OF EMP IMPLEMENTATION

9.1 ORGANIZATION POLICY

The importance of environmental control has been recognized by of APSEZL and it has taken necessary steps to identify and control pollution at the proposed ship recycling facility, and also in the peripheral areas.

Environment Management has been declared as one of thrust areas of operation. To abate pollution, the proposed ship recycling facility shall adopt a two-pronged strategy, which is as follows:

Implementation of new state of art pollution control practices. Develop a well organized monitoring / analysis and inspection setup.

In line with APSEZL’s commitment for environmental protection, the ship recycling facility shall strive to:

i) Conduct ship recycling operations in compliance with relevant environmental legislations and regulations.

ii) Periodic pollution monitoring.

iii) Setting up of occupational health set up including regular medical monitoring of employees engaged in the project .

iv) A well developed safety management organisation,

v) Preparation of Emergency/Disaster Control plan and a properly trained group to meet the emergency situations,

vi) Green belt development in and around the project area.

vii) Increasing the awareness in employees and villagers specially students towards environmental preservation.

viii) Periodical review of the System for continual improvement.

The planned ship recycling facility shall give maximum importance for adopting latest technologies for keeping the pollution to minimum levels possible.

9.2 ORGANISATIONAL SET UP

9.2.1 Manpower

APSEZL has a dedicated Environmental Cell (EC), which has total twelve persons at present. This unit will cater to need of environmental management for the proposed ship recycling facility also. At the corporate headquarters (in



Chapter 9Page 184

Ahmedabad), the EC has three environmental engineers and one environmental scientist. In addition a retired IAS officer, who had held the office of Environment Secretary, Govt. of Gujarat and has extensive experience in administration of ports acts as advisor to the group. At Mundra, the EC is manned by three environmental scientists. In addition there is a environmental laboratory at the site which is manned by 2 chemists and two field assistants provided by a contracted laboratory; One more chemist and one marine biologist will join the laboratory shortly. For development and maintenance of jobs like drainage, clearing settling pits etc. assistance from APSEZL’s civil engineering department is taken. Plantation works are undertaken by APSEZL’s Horticulture Department. CSR activities are looked after by Adani Foundation, which is APSEZL’s CSR Department. There is also a separate department for looking after occupational safety and health of APSEZL’s employees at Mundra. The officers of the involved departments meet frequently to assess the progress and analyse the data collected during the preceding fortnight/ month.

For successful implementation of the environmental management plan other agencies of the State may also be involved by the ship recycling facility if required (for regulatory requirement or technical support). The coordinating agencies, which may be involved for specific environmental related activities, are given in Table 9.1.

Table 9.1: List of Coordinating Agencies, which may be involved for specific Environmental Activities

State Level Agency GPCB SLD SFD

District Level RO FI DFO Study Area: Air, noise, water quality, waste water discharge quality monitoring. a

Project Area: Ambient air monitoring, work-zone air, work-zone noise, effluents from outlet of effluent treatment plants, fugitive emissions

a a

Project Area: Solid waste a Project Area: Human Health a Study Area / Project Area Interface: Road safety measures a Project Area: Plantation Programme a a

Index: GPCB – Gujarat Pollution Control Board SLD - State Labour Department SFD – State Forest Department DFO – Divisional Forest Officer, Kachchh

RO – Regional Officer Gujarat Pollution Control Board FI - Factories Inspector



Chapter 9Page 185

9.2.2 Co-ordination with Other Departments

The EC also co-ordinates with other departments like Planning, Occupational Safety & Health, Horticulture, CSR etc. and carries put liaison work with external agencies like State & Central Pollution Control Boards, Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF).

9.2.3 Interaction with State Pollution Control Board

EC is in regular touch with GPCB and sends them regular progress reports on EMP in the prescribed format, as per the prevailing practice. Any new regulations considered by State/Central Pollution Control Board for the Industry shall be taken care of by the EC.

9.2.4 Training

For the proposed project, training facilities will be developed for environmental control. For proper implementation of the EMP, the officials responsible for EMP implementation will be trained accordingly.

The training will be given to employees to cover the following fields:

Awareness of pollution control and environmental protection to all. Operation and maintenance of specialized pollution control equipment. Field monitoring, maintenance and calibration of pollution monitoring instruments. Laboratory testing of pollutants. Repair of pollution monitoring instruments. Occupational health/safety. Disaster management. Environmental management. Knowledge of norms, regulations and procedures. Risk assessment.

Chapter 10: Summary and Conclusions



Chapter 10Page 186

10.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

Executive summary of the EIA study report is being submitted as a separate volume. However this chapter gives a brief summary of the study and conclusions.

As a ship gets older, its operating and maintenance costs increase. Wear and tear during operations also degrade its structural integrity. At a certain time, it is no longer profitable and / or safe to continue operating the ship. The ship recycling industry performs the vital function of removing unprofitable and / or unsafe ships from the operational fleet and recovers and recycles the construction material.

India is one of the major players in the world ship recycling industry. The world’s largest ship recycling yard is located at Alang-Sosiya in Bhavnagar District of Gujarat.

Adani Ports and SEZ Limited (APSEZL) propose to set up ship recycling facility adjacent to the existing Mundra West Port in Mundra Taluk of Kachchh District of Gujarat. The proposed project will recycle about 40 ships annually to recover about 266000 t of steel, cast iron, non-ferrous metals, reusable machinery and other items. The proposed project will introduce the new technology of ship breaking by the air bag method to India. In this method the ships will be winched out of the water on to dry land over a slipway made of inflatable marine air bags; once on dry land, the ships will be allowed to settle on keel blocks. After removal of detachable items, the ships will be cut up using LPG-oxygen torches. The project will directly employ about 1500 people. Some of the workers will be housed in Mundra Port’s labour colony. The others will stay in nearby villages or Mundra town. Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) finalized the Terms of Reference for preparation of EIA/EMP report for the proposed ship recycling facility during the 114th Meeting of the Additional Expert Appraisal Committee for Building Construction, Coastal Regulation Zone, Infrastructure Development and Miscellaneous Projects of Ministry of Environment & Forest held on July 9, 2012. EIA study has been carried out and EMP formulated mainly based on the baseline environmental data generated at site in Post Monsoon Season, 2011.

Any developmental project, brings with it hosts of environmental consequences. The present project is also no exception. However, attempt has been made to minimize the environmental consequences and maximize the project benefit by integrating environmental aspects into project planning and operations. The proposed ship recycling area will be spread over 40.7432 ha area, which is mostly land reclaimed from the sea by dumping dredge spoils generated during



Chapter 10Page 187

development / expansion of Mundra West Port. The proposed project will not involve any acquisition of agricultural land, grazing land or homestead.

In the preceding chapters best possible management measures like installation of high efficiency air pollution control systems, identification, segregation & disposal of hazardous wastes in TSDF, measures to collect and properly dispose off effluents from ships, provision of personal protection equipment, and protection measures amongst others have been described.

A number of environmental benefits are inherently ingrained in the proposed ship recycling project which are discussed below:

Since the ships will be hauled out of water on to dry land above the high water mark, no solid wastes will fall into the sea. There is no chance of any sea water entering the partly cut ships are carrying away solid wastes, debris and oily sludge. Bilge water, ballast water and other effluents will be pumped out and transported to shore based treatment plants. Measures will be put in place to collect paint and metal chips falling to the ground during ship cutting. These will minimize the pollution associated with the ship breaking industry. Arrangements will be put in place for water sprinkling during dismantling of asbestos and asbestos containing material (ACM). Workers engaged in handling asbestos and ACM will be issued personal protection equipment (PPE) including respirators to protect them from asbestos inhalation. A specially trained person will supervise asbestos & ACM removal and ensure that necessary pollution control measures are followed and PPEs used. Hazardous wastes generated during ship breaking will be segregated, packed and transported to a TSDF for safe disposal. Stringent safety measures will be practiced to protect the workers from accidents.

APSEZL shall participate in improvement of the socio-economic conditions of the local people by generation direct and indirect employment, providing resources for social capital building etc in a significant way.

The proposed project will recycle steel and other materials. This will reduce the pressure on limited natural resources and lead to significant energy savings. The project will generate direct as well as indirect employment and open up opportunities for new businesses and industries which will all lead to economic growth.

Chapter 11. Disclosure of Consultant



Chapter 11Page 188

11.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS (MECON LIMITED)

The EIA/EMP report has been prepared by MECON Limited, a Public Sector undertaking under the Ministry of Steel, Government of India. MECON Limited is a premier multi disciplinary planning, design, engineering and consultancy organisation in the country in the field of ferrous, non-ferrous, thermal, petrochemical, defense and other related projects and in the field of environment. MECON's Head Office is at Ranchi and offices are located in Bangalore, New Delhi, Kolkata, Mumbai, Chennai, Vizag, Bhilai, Durgapur, Rourkela, Bokaro, Burnpur etc. The Environmental Engineering division of MECON has provided services for more than 300 numbers of environmental projects.

11.1 PROFILE OF CONSULTANT

MECON's services include the whole range of work relating to setting up of industrial projects in the field of power, metallurgy, ferrous and non-ferrous, chemicals/petrochemical and allied engineering complexes including specialised fields, such as, Defence Projects, mints/currency note presses, Environmental Engineering, Systems Engineering, etc. MECON has an established track record of providing its expertise in the area of design, engineering, supply, inspection, project management, construction management, construction supervision, testing and commissioning services for large industrial projects in India and abroad.

MECON’s consultancy services in the field of Environmental Engineering & Management includes but not limited to Project Specific EIA/EMP study, Regional EIA Study, ISO:14000 Consultancy, Environmental Audit, Ground water contamination study, Preparation of industry specific norms for CPCB, ETP/STP/Tailing disposal (FR/DPR/DE/Turnkey execution), Socio-Economic study, Rehabilitation & Resettlement study, Environmental Baseline data generation, Environmentally compatible land use zoning, Air Pollution (Dust Suppression & Dust Extraction Systems) /Water Management, Ecological study (Terrestrial & Aquatic/Marine), Effluent Treatment Plant, Sewage Treatment Plant, Rainwater Harvesting.

Total manpower strength of MECON is about 1900. MECON’s Environmental Engineering Division is a multi-disciplinary group of 30 engineers, specialists and scientists whose services are backed up by a sophisticated Environmental Engineering Laboratory recognized by Ministry of Environment & Forests and several State Pollution Control Boards. There are specialists in the field of Hydrogeology, Geology, Ecology, Forestry, Land use & GIS expert, Agricultural statistics, Microbiology, Soil sciences, Biotechnology, Technical audit & Socio–Economics and engineers from different disciplines in the field of Environmental Engineering. In Mining Environmental Sector, MECON has a dedicated group



Chapter 11Page 189

where Mining Engineers, Geologists, Hydrogeologists, Ecologists, Social scientists work under one umbrella. In addition, the group gets back up support from Engineers and Scientists of Mining and civil section. Brief credentials of the Engineers/ Scientists are given in Table 11.1.

Table 11.1 Brief credentials of the Engineers/ Scientists of MECON working in the field of Environment.

Sr. No. Discipline Nos. Yrs. of

experience Field of experience

1. Chemical Engineers

5 2 - 34 Sewerage and effluent treatment, Water & Air Pollution Control, EIA/EMP reports, Safety & Disaster Management Studies, Industrial ventilation.

2. Mining Engineers

5 5 - 20

Mine Environmental Studies, Subsidence modeling, Environmental Audit, ISO 14000 and Environmental Management System consultancy. Preparation of mining plan / DPR/ FR.

3. Meteorologist 2 17 -18 Acoustics, EIA, Air Pollution, Meteorology, Dispersion modeling

4. Ecologist 2 15 -18 Ecology related studies, Greenbelt & afforestation, Environmental Biological Studies, EIA, Env. Audit, Environmental monitoring & testing.

5. Geologist 4 6 - 22 Geological block modeling, reserve estimation, preparation of mining plan / DPR/ FR.

6. Hydrogeologist 2 6 -20 Ground water modeling, Surface Water modeling, Watershed management, Basin calculation, drainage.

7. Micro biologist 1 18 Bio-technology, Sampling, monitoring & testing of water & effluents, Environmental studies.

8. Environmental Chemistry

8 13 - 27 Sampling, Monitoring & Testing of air, water, noise & soil, solid wastes, Leachate studies. Development activities of Laboratory

9. Socio economics

1 20 Demography, Market survey / research, Environmental economics, Socio economic studies, R&R

National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET) It may please be noted that National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET) has certified MECON as an EIA Consultant Organisation for sixteen sectors including “Ship Breaking Yards” vide their certificate no. NABET / EIA / 1013 / O31. This certificate is valid up to 30th September, 2013.



Chapter 11Page 190

MECON’s Environmental Engineering Division is well equipped with various computerized predictive tools required for carrying out Environmental studies.

Table 11.2 List of Computer models for Environmental Studies Developed In house

• Multisource Dispersion Model based on Gaussian Model

• Screening Model to determine Max. GLC at most unfavorable meteorological condition

• Determination of Atmospheric stability

• Noise Propagation Model

• Subsidence Model (Coal)

• Coastal Zone Dispersion Model

• Model for preparation of Wind Rose

Procured from outside

• USEPA approved models

• Industrial Source Complex Short Term (ISCST)

• AEROMOD for Air Quality prediction

• Industrial Point Source Complex Long Term (ISCLT)

• Multiple Point Source Model With Terrain Adjustments (MPTER)

• Fugitive Dust Model (FDM)

• Qual 2E River Model

• CALINE – 3 (Highway Model)

• Complex Terrain Dispersion Model (CTDM PLUS)

• Groundwater Modeling System (GMS)

• Surface Water Modeling System (SMS)

• Watershed Modeling System (WMS)

• Green Belt Model

• Phast Model for Risk Assessment

Environmental division has a sophisticated environmental engineering laboratory equipped with modern state of the art apparatus/instruments for carrying out physico-chemical and biological analysis of environmental parameters. The equipment list is shown as Table 11.3.



Chapter 11Page 191

Table 11.3: List of major equipment at Environmental laboratory

Sr. No. Name of the instrument Make/ Model/ Specification

1. High Performance Liquid Chromatograph (HPLC) with UV Detector.

WATERS UK

2. Atomic Absorption Spectro-photometer (AAS) Perkin Elmer,

A Analyst - 100

3. Ion Analyser with 10 ion selective electrodes ORION-960 Research USA

4. Gas Chromatograph with FID Model – 7610 chemito make

5. Portable Spectrophotometer HACH, DR-2000, USA

6. Oil Analyser Wilks-CVH, USA

7. Hydrogen Generator Whatman, Model 75-34

8. CO Analyser( NDIR Based) Environment S.A. 011 M, France

9. NOx Analyser (Chemiluminescence) Environment S.A. AC-31 M, France

10. Ozone-monitor Environment S.A. 41 M - France

11.

Spectrophotometers

UV – Visible recording type

Spectrophotometer

Photometer

Chemito-2500 & ECIL, GS – 5701. Systronics – 106

Systronics – 112

12. Digital Mercury Analyser ECIL, MA 5840

13. Flame Photometer with Compressor AIMIL

14. Turbidity Meter Systronics

15. Conductivity Meter Toshinwal, ModelLO110A

16. pH Meter Multimake

17. BOD Incubator

OXI - Top

SICO

E. Merck

18. Research Microscope Wild Leitz Germany Sampling and analysis for ambient air quality, noise levels, ground water quality and soil quality has been carried out by M/s Pollucon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. , Surat, which has been accredited as per ISO/IEC 17025-NABL and recognized by MoEF. Sea-water and sediment sampling and analysis and marine ecological studies has been carried out by M/S Kadam Environmental Consultants, Vadodara.



Chapter 11Page 192



Chapter 11Page 193



Chapter 11Page 194

Tunda

Vandh

SirachaNavinal

Zarpara

Dhrub

SouthPort

West Port

KotdiCreek

BaradimataCreek

AdaniHouse

0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 km

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY & NOISE

MONITORING STATIONS

GROUND WATER

SAMPLING STATIONS

SURFACE WATER (SEA)

SAMPLING STATIONS

AN5

AN4

AN2AN3

AN1

GW1GW2

GW3

GW4

SW1SW2SW3

SW4

LEGEND

SOIL SAMPLING STATIONS

S4

S3

S2S1

EW

S

N

SW5

AN6

AN7

N8

N9

N10

DW1

S5

S6

10.0 km7.55.02.50

EW

S

N